Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Healthcare Information Services / NextGen Healthcare / FY2008 Annual Report

NextGen Healthcare
Annual Report 2008

NXGN · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker NXGN
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Healthcare Information Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · NextGen Healthcare
Loading PDF…
2008
2008
  annual report
  annual report
  annual report

quality 
    systems, inc.

Quality Systems, Inc. (“QSI”) and its NextGen Healthcare 

Information Systems (“NextGen”) subsidiary develop and  

market computer-based practice management, patient records,  

connectivity and other applications and services for medical 

and dental group practices.

Quality Systems, Inc. | 2008 annual report

to: fellow shareholders,

clients, and associates 

It is my honor to once again share my thoughts on the year and the Company with each of 
you. As I leave the Company in the very capable hands of the talented team I have had the 
good fortune to work with over the past eight years, I would like to express my thanks to  
you for partnering with us.

Putting things into perspective:

•   Revenue grew 19% and EPS grew 19% for Fiscal 2008—below prior year performance 

levels, though very respectable. We benefitted from the hard and good work of many dur-
ing the year. Be assured that the team has designs on even loftier levels of performance  
in future years.

•   We set revenue and EPS records in three of the four quarters of the year, and for 2008 as 
a whole. Many companies would be trumpeting these results far and wide to anyone who 
will listen. We, however, acknowledge a clear preference for four record quarters per year.

•   While our share price declined during the course of the year, the passion, energy, and 

expertise of our team reached new heights. The pursuit of success for both shareholders 
and customers endures.

•   The simple and straightforward strategy that has served us well to date remains intact, 
combining a focus on continued product development and innovation with emphasis on 
providing the highest levels of customer service and satisfaction.

•   The stability, skill and leadership of the management team were keys to our results. Both 
Pat Cline (President of our NextGen Healthcare Information Systems Division) and Paul 
Holt (our CFO) continue to lead with distinction and Company veteran Donn Neufeld 
will provide insightful guidance to the QSI Division that he now leads. Clients, share-
holders, and staff benefit greatly from their knowledge and work ethic and that of their 
growing and talented teams.

•   The passing of Greg Flynn, a talented executive and gentleman who spent his entire 25-year 
career with the Company, represents a loss for the Company on many levels. His business 
vision, sound judgment, and moral compass provided valuable direction to the QSI Division 
and the Company as a whole. His death at the too early age of 48 is a reminder to all to 
“keep things in perspective.”

•   The addition of Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (HSI) to the QSI platform via acquisition 
in May 2008, confirms our long-held perspective on the value of prioritizing organic 
growth while selectively reviewing and pursuing acquisition opportunities. The combined 
management teams of both entities look forward to continued mutual success.

I wish you all a successful FY 2009 and beyond. It has been a privilege and an honor to work 
with and for you.

Sincerely,

Louis Silverman
President and Chief Executive Officer

1

Quality Systems, Inc. | 2008 annual report

perspectives
  on performance

In May 2008, we completed the acquisition of Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (HSI)  
which expanded our position in the growing and synergistic revenue cycle management  
marketplace. This enterprise will operate as a wholly owned subsidiary of NextGen  
Healthcare Information Systems.

“ This acquisition represents the execution of part of our Practice Solutions 
strategy as we respond to industry demand for service-based RCM models,” 
said Patrick Cline, president of NextGen Healthcare. “In addition to a shared vision 
and a commitment to client service, the companies share certain operational 
and strategic synergies. We’re confident that many of HSI’s clients are interested 
in elec tronic health records, and we’re confident that many of NextGen 
Healthcare’s customers will take advantage of services traditionally provided 
by HSI.”

“ We are honored to be part of such an established and well-respected company,” 
says Ben Tischler, a partner for HSI. “Combining our extensive RCM offerings 
with the NextGen platform will create a new level of innovative solutions 
for the ambulatory market.”

2

Quality Systems, Inc. | 2008 annual report

Banner Health has 20 hospitals in seven western states, and provides hospital care, 
home care, hospice care, long-term care, nursing registries, surgery centers, 
laboratories and rehabilitation services.

“Banner has purchased…licenses as it continues to strengthen its physician 
infrastructure and recruit more physicians within our health system,” 
says Brian S. Underwood, vice president, Physician Resources for Banner Health
partnership with NextGen Healthcare is critical to providing excellent 
patient care and exceeding the expectations of the people we serve.”

Brian S. Underwood, vice president, Physician Resources for Banner Health. “Our 

Florida-based HMA owns and operates 57 hospitals, with approximately 8,100 
licensed beds, in non-urban communities located throughout the United States. 
Services offered through NextGen Practice Solutions include eligibility checking; 
charge capture; claims scrubbing; electronic claims submission; payment posting; 
patient correspondence; image and document management; accounts receivable 
follow-up with payer organizations and patients; call center; and electronic medical 
records. These services are designed to increase collections, reduce A/R days, and 
improve efficiency in billing, scheduling, reporting and other critical practice functions.

“After working with NextGen Healthcare on our initial technology 
deployments, we believe the company and its products and services are a 
great fit for us,” says Stan McLemore, senior vice president—operations finance for 
Stan McLemore, senior vice president—operations finance for 
HMAHMA. “NextGen Practice Solutions will help us improve bottom line 
results and revenue cycle management while reducing the costs to operate 
the physician practices under our ownership. These services can also free 
up the internal resources needed to refocus on strategy and the future of 
our practices, as well as quality improvement initiatives.”

3

Quality Systems, Inc. | 2008 annual report

Quality Systems is pleased to have earned continued recognition from the financial press in 
the form of inclusion in annual lists of high-performing companies. Our presence on these 
lists for the past multiple years is a tribute to the ongoing hard work and dedication of each 
and all of the members of the QSI and NextGen teams. Our performance over the past years 
has earned us the following most recent rankings:

• 7 consecutive years

 # 5   Forbes 200 Best Small Companies in America 
  #19   BusinessWeek 100 Hot Growth Companies 
 #52   Fortune America’s 100 Fastest Growing Small Public Companies 
financial performance
financial performance

• 4 consecutive years

• 4 consecutive years

•  For the FY 04–08 period, Company revenue has grown at the compounded annual rate of 

27% per year.

•  During this same period, NextGen revenue has grown at the compounded annual rate of 
33% per year. For these years, revenue growth for NextGen and the Company as a whole 
was generated entirely by organic growth.

•  During FY 08, NextGen generated 91% of total Company revenue.

•  For the FY 04–08 period, Company Operating Income has grown at the compounded 

annual rate of 38% per year.

•  During this same period, NextGen operating income has grown at the compounded 

annual rate of 44% per year.

•  During this same FY 04–08 period, the Company’s fully diluted earnings per share has 

grown at the compounded rate of 38% per year.

4

2008
  form 10-k

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, DC 20549 

FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT 
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

(Mark One) 
[X] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 

or 

[X] 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from _____________ to _______________ 

Commission file number:  0-13801

Quality Systems, Inc. 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

California 
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) 

95-2888568 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 600, Irvine, California 
92612 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

(949) 255-2600 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
(Title of each class) 

Nasdaq Global Select Market 
(Name of each exchange on which 
registered) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 
(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as 

defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
Yes    No X   

-1- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports 

pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes        No  X   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports 

required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   X     No ___ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best 
of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.  [_X_] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an 
accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer 
and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one): 
Large Accelerated Filer       Accelerated Filer X       Non-Accelerated Filer  ___ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in 

Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes        No X   

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the 
Registrant as of September 30, 2007: $640,154,000 (based on the closing sales price 
of the Registrant’s common stock as reported in the NASDAQ National Market System 
on that date, $36.63 per share).* (1)  

The Registrant has no non-voting common equity. 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant’s classes 

of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 

Common Stock, $.01 par value 
(Class) 

27,454,221 
(Outstanding at June 1, 2008) 

* For purposes of this Report, in addition to those shareholders which fall 

within the definition of “affiliates” under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, 
as amended, holders of ten percent or more of the Registrant’s common stock are 
deemed to be affiliates for purposes of this Report. 

(1)   On January 31, 2006, the registrant declared a 2-for-1 stock split 

with respect to its outstanding shares of common stock for shareholders of record 
on March 3, 2006.  On February 2, 2005, the registrant declared a 2-for-1 stock 
split with respect to its outstanding shares of common stock for shareholders of 
record on March 4, 2005. All share prices and share amounts set forth herein have 
been retroactively adjusted to reflect such stock splits. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
The following documents (or parts thereof) are incorporated by reference into the 
following parts of this Form 10-K: 
Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders — Part III Items 10, 
11, 12, 13 and 14. 

-2- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT 

Statements  made  in  this  report,  the  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  in  which  this 
report is made a part, other reports and proxy statements filed with the Securities 
and  Exchange  Commission  (“Commission”),  communications  to  shareholders,  press 
releases and oral statements made by our representatives that are not historical in 
nature, or that state our or management’s intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations 
or  predictions  of  the  future,  may  constitute  “forward-looking  statements”  within 
the  meaning  of  Section 21E  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended 
(the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the use 
of forward-looking terminology, such as “could,” “should,” “will,” “will be,” “will 
lead,”  “will  assist,”  “intended,”  “continue,”  “believe,”  “may,”  “expect,”  “hope,” 
“anticipate,”  “goal,”  “forecast,”  “plan,”  or  “estimate”  or  variations  thereof  or 
similar  expressions.  Forward-looking  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future 
performance.  

Forward-looking  statements  involve  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions.  It  is 
important to note that any such performance and actual results, financial condition 
or  business,  could  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  in  such  forward-looking 
statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but 
are not limited to, the risk factors discussed in Item 1A of this report as well as 
factors  discussed  elsewhere  in  this  and  other  reports  and  documents  we  file  with 
the Commission. Other unforeseen factors not identified herein could also have such 
an  effect.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  or  revise  forward-looking 
statements  to  reflect  changed  assumptions,  the  occurrence  of  unanticipated  events 
or  changes  in  future  operating  results,  financial  condition  or  business  over  time 
unless required by law.  Interested persons are urged to review the risks described 
under Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  as  well  as  in  our  other  public 
disclosures and filings with the Commission. 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

Company Overview 

PART I 

Quality  Systems  Inc.,  comprised  of  the  QSI  Division  (QSI  Division)  and  a  wholly-
owned  subsidiary,  NextGen  Healthcare  Information  Systems,  Inc.  (NextGen  Division) 
(collectively, “our company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) develops and markets healthcare 
information systems that automate certain aspects of medical and dental practices, 
networks  of  practices  such  as  physician  hospital  organizations  (PHO’s)  and 
management service organizations (MSO’s), ambulatory care centers, community health 
centers, and medical and dental schools.  

Quality Systems, Inc., a California corporation formed in 1974, was founded with an 
early focus on providing information systems to dental group practices. In the mid-
1980’s,  we  capitalized  on  the  increasing  focus  on  medical  cost  containment  and 
further expanded our information processing systems to serve the medical market. In 
the  mid-  1990’s  we  made  two  acquisitions  that  accelerated  our  penetration  of  the 
medical  market.  These  two  acquisitions  formed  the  basis  for  the  NextGen  Division. 
Today, we serve the medical and dental markets through our two divisions.  

The  two  divisions  operate  largely  as  stand-alone  operations,  with  each  division 
maintaining  its  own  distinct  product  lines,  product  platforms,  development, 
implementation  and  support  teams,  sales  staffing,  and  branding.  The  two  divisions 
share  the  resources  of  our  “corporate  office”  which  includes  a  variety  of 
accounting  and  other  administrative  functions.  Additionally,  there  are  a  small 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
number  of  clients  who  are  simultaneously  utilizing  software  from  each  of  our  two 
divisions.   

The QSI Division, co-located with our Corporate Headquarters in Irvine, California, 
currently  focuses  on  developing,  marketing  and  supporting  software  suites  sold  to 
dental  and  certain  niche  medical  practices.  In  addition,  the  division  supports  a 
number of medical clients that utilize the division’s UNIX1 based medical practice 
management software product.  

The  NextGen  Division,  with  headquarters  in  Horsham,  Pennsylvania,  and  a  second 
significant  location  in  Atlanta,  Georgia,  focuses  principally  on  developing  and 
marketing products and services for medical practices. 

Both divisions develop and market practice management software that is designed to 
automate  and  streamline  a  number  of  the  administrative  functions  required  for 
operating  a  medical  or  dental  practice.  Examples  of  practice  management  software 
functions include scheduling and billing capabilities. It is important to note that 
in  both  the  medical  and  dental  environments,  practice  management  software  systems 
have  already  been  implemented  by  the  vast  majority  of  practices.  Therefore,  we 
actively  compete  for  the  replacement  market.  In  addition,  both  divisions  develop 
and  market  software  that  automates  the  patient  record.  Adoption  rates  for  this 
software, commonly referred to as clinical software, are relatively low. Therefore, 
we  are  typically  competing  to  replace  paper-based  patient  record  alternatives  as 
opposed to replacing previously purchased systems.  

Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)/connectivity products are intended to automate a 
number  of  manual,  often  paper-based  or  telephony  intensive  communications  between 
patients  and/or  providers  and/or  payors.  Two  of  the  more  common  EDI  services  are 
forwarding  insurance  claims  electronically  from  providers  to  payors  and  assisting 
practices  with  issuing  statements  to  patients.  Most  client  practices  utilize  at 
least  some  of  these  services  from  us  or  one  of  our  competitors.  Other 
EDI/connectivity  services  are  used  more  sporadically  by  client  practices.  We 
typically compete to displace incumbent vendors for claims and statements accounts, 
and  attempt  to  increase  usage  of  other  elements  in  our  EDI/connectivity  product 
line.   In general, EDI services are only sold to those accounts utilizing software 
from one of our divisions. 

The NextGen Division also offers Revenue Cycle Management (RCM) services under the 
Practice Solutions name. Services provided through the Practice Solutions/RCM unit 
consist  primarily  of  billing  and  collections  services  for  medical  practices.  The 
Practice Solutions unit utilizes NextGen EPM software to a significant extent.  

The  QSI  Division’s  practice  management  software  suite  utilizes  a  UNIX  operating 
system.  Its  Clinical  Product  Suite  (CPS)  utilizes  a  Windows  NT2  operating  system 
and  can  be  fully  integrated  with  the  practice  management  software  from  each 
division.  CPS  incorporates  a  wide  range  of  clinical  tools  including,  but  not 
limited to, periodontal charting and digital imaging of X-ray and inter-oral camera 
images  as  part  of  the  electronic  patient  record.    The  division  develops,  markets, 
and  manages  our  EDI/connectivity  applications.  The  QSInet  Application  Service 
Provider (ASP/Internet) offering is also developed and marketed by the Division.  

Our  NextGen  Division  develops  and  sells  proprietary  electronic  medical  records 
software and practice management systems under the NextGen®3  product name.  Major 

1 UNIX is a registered trademark of the AT&T Corporation.    
2  Microsoft  Windows,  Windows  NT,  Windows  95,  Windows  98,  Windows  XP,  and  Windows  2000  are 
registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation. 
3 NextGen is a registered trademark of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                      
 
product  categories  of  the  NextGen  suite  include  Electronic  Medical  Records 
(NextGenemr),  Enterprise  Practice  Management  (NextGenepm),  Enterprise  Appointment 
Scheduling (NextGeneas), Enterprise Master  Patient  Index  (NextGenepi),  NextGen  Image 
Control  System  (NextGenics),  Managed  Care  Server  (NextGenmcs),  Electronic  Data 
Interchange, System Interfaces, Internet Operability (NextGenweb), a Patient-centric 
and Provider-centric Web Portal solution  (NextMD4.com), NextGen  Express, a  version 
of  NextGenemr    designed  for  small  practices  and  NextGen  Community  Health  Solution 
(NextGenchs).  NextGen products utilize Microsoft Windows technology and can operate 
in a client-server environment as well as via private intranet, the Internet, or in 
an ASP environment.  

We  continue  to  pursue  product  enhancement  initiatives  within  each  division.  The 
majority  of  such  expenditures  are  currently  targeted  to  the  NextGen  Division 
product line and client base.   

Inclusive  of  divisional  EDI  revenue,  the  NextGen  Division  accounted  for 
approximately 91.4% of our revenue for fiscal year 2008 compared to 89.4% in fiscal 
year 2007. Inclusive of divisional EDI revenue, the QSI Division accounted for 8.6% 
and  10.6%  of  revenue  in  fiscal  year  2008  and  2007,  respectively.  The  NextGen 
Division’s  revenue  grew  at  21.3%  and  35.5%  in  fiscal  year  2008  and  2007, 
respectively,  while  the  QSI  Division’s  revenue  decreased  by  3.3%  and  increased  by 
6.7% in fiscal year 2008 and 2007, respectively.   

In addition to the aforementioned software solutions which we offer through our two 
divisions,  each  division  offers  comprehensive  hardware  and  software  installation 
services, maintenance and support services, and system training services. 

On  May  20,  2008,  the  Company  acquired  Lackland  Acquisition  II,  LLC  dba  Healthcare 
Strategic  Initiatives  (HSI).      The  acquisition  resulted  in  HSI  becoming  a  wholly 
owned  subsidiary  of  QSI.    We  plan  to  operate  HSI  as  a  stand  alone  Company  within 
the NextGen Division.     

HSI  is  a  full-service  healthcare  revenue  management  company  servicing  the  revenue 
cycle  management  needs  of  physician  groups  and  a  variety  of  other  healthcare 
clients.      HSI  has  historically  and  primarily  focused  on  assisting  its  clients  in 
increasing the accuracy and speed of client billing and collections activities. 

Industry Background  

To  compete  in  the  continually  changing  healthcare  environment,  providers  are 
increasingly  using  technology  to  help  maximize  the  efficiency  of  their  business 
practices,  to  assist  in  enhancing  patient  care,  and  to  maintain  the  privacy  of 
patient information.   

As  the  reimbursement  environment  continues  to  evolve,  more  healthcare  providers 
enter  into  contracts,  often  with  multiple  entities,  which  define  the  terms  under 
which  care  is  administered  and  paid  for.  The  diversity  of  payor  organizations,  as 
well as additional government regulation and changes in reimbursement models, have 
greatly  increased  the  complexity  of  pricing,  billing,  reimbursement,  and  records 
management  for  medical  and  dental  practices.  To  operate  effectively,  healthcare 
provider  organizations  must  efficiently  manage  patient  care  and  other  information 
and  workflow  processes  which  increasingly  extend  across  multiple  locations  and 
business entities. 

4 NextMD is a registered trademark of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. 

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                      
 
 
In  response,  healthcare  provider  organizations  have  placed  increasing  demands  on 
their information systems. Initially, these information systems automated financial 
and  administrative  functions.  As  it  became  necessary  to  manage  patient  flow 
processes,  the  need  arose  to  integrate  “back-office”  data  with  such  clinical 
information  as  patient  test  results  and  office  visits.  We  believe  information 
systems  must  facilitate  management  of  patient  information  incorporating 
administrative,  financial  and  clinical  information  from  multiple  entities.  In 
addition,  large  healthcare  organizations  increasingly  require  information  systems 
that can deliver high performance in environments with multiple concurrent computer 
users. 

Many  existing  healthcare  information  systems  were  designed  for  limited 
administrative  tasks  such  as  billing  and  scheduling  and  can  neither  accommodate 
multiple  computing  environments  nor  operate  effectively  across  multiple  locations 
and  entities.  We  believe  that  practices  that  leverage  technology  to  more 
efficiently  handle  patient  clinical  data  as  well  as  administrative,  financial  and 
other  practice  management  data  will  be  best  able  to  enhance  patient  flow,  pursue 
cost  efficiencies,  and  improve  quality  of  care.  As  healthcare  organizations 
transition  to  new  computer  platforms  and  newer  technologies,  we  believe  such 
organizations  will  be  migrating  toward  the  implementation  of  enterprise-wide, 
patient-centric computing systems embedded with automated clinical patient records.   

Our Strategy   

Our strategy is, at present, to focus on providing software and services to medical 
and dental practices.  Among the key elements of this strategy are: 
•  Continued  development  and  enhancement  of  select  software  solutions  in  target 

markets;  

•  Continued investments in our infrastructure including but not limited to product 

development, sales, marketing, implementation, and support;   

•  Continued  efforts  to  make  infrastructure  investments  within  an  overall  context 

of maintaining reasonable expense discipline;  

•  Addition of new customers through maintaining and expanding sales, marketing and 

product development activities; and   

•  Expanding  our  relationship  with  existing  customers  through  delivery  of  new 

products and services. 

While  these  are  the  key  elements  of  our  current  strategy,  there  can  be  no 
guarantees that our strategy will not change, or that we will succeed in achieving 
these goals individually or collectively.   

Products 

In  response  to  the  growing  need  for  more  comprehensive,  cost-effective  healthcare 
information  solutions  for  physician  and  dental  practices,  our  systems  provide  our 
clients  with  the  ability  to  redesign  patient  care  and  other  workflow  processes 
while  improving  productivity  through  facilitation  of  managed  access  to  patient 
information.  Utilizing  our  proprietary  software  in  combination  with  third  party 
hardware  and  software  solutions,  our  products  enable  the  integration  of  a  variety 
of  administrative  and  clinical  information  operations.  Leveraging  more  than  30 
years  of  experience  in  the  healthcare  information  services  industry,  we  believe 
that  we  continue  to  add  value  by  providing  our  clients  with  sophisticated,  full-
featured  software  systems  along  with  comprehensive  systems  implementation, 
maintenance  and  support  services.   Any  single  transaction  may  or  may  not  include 
software, hardware or services.   

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Practice  Management  Systems.   Our  products  consist  primarily  of  proprietary 
healthcare software applications together with third party hardware and other non-
industry specific software. The systems range in capacity from one to thousands of 
users, allowing us to address the needs of both small and large organizations. The 
systems  are  modular  in  design  and  may  be  expanded  to  accommodate  changing  client 
requirements. 

The QSI Division’s character-based practice management system is available in both 
dental and medical versions and primarily uses the IBM RS6000[5] central processing 
unit  and  IBM'S  AIX[6]  version  of  the  UNIX  operating  system  as  a  platform  for  our 
application software enabling a wide range of flexible and functional systems.  The 
hardware  components,  as  well  as  the  requisite  operating  system  licenses,  are 
purchased from manufacturers or distributors of those components.  We configure and 
test  the  hardware  components  and  incorporate  our  software  and  other  third  party 
packages  into  completed  systems.   We  continually  evaluate  third  party  hardware 
components  with  a  view  toward  utilizing  hardware  that  is  functional,  reliable  and 
cost-effective.   
NextGen  EPM  is  the  NextGen  division’s  practice  management  offering.   NextGen  EPM 
has  been  developed  using  a  graphical  user  interface  (GUI)  client-server  platform 
for  compatibility  with  Windows  2000,  Windows  NT  and  Windows  XP  operating  systems 
and  relational  databases  that  are  ANSI  SQL-compliant.  NextGen  EPM  is  scalable  and 
includes  a  master  patient  index,  enterprise-wide  appointment  scheduling  with 
referral  tracking,  clinical  support,  and  centralized  or  decentralized  patient 
financial management based on either a managed care or fee-for-service model.  The 
system’s  multi-tiered  architecture  allows  work  to  be  performed  on  the  database 
server, the application server and the client workstation.  

We  also  offer  practice  management  solutions  for  both  dental  and  medical  practices 
through the Internet. These products are marketed under the QSINet and NextGen WEB 
trade names, respectively.  

Clinical Systems.  Our dental charting software system, the Clinical Product Suite 
(CPS),  is  a  comprehensive  solution  designed  specifically  for  the  dental  group 
practice environment. CPS integrates the dental practice management product with a 
computer-based  clinical  information  system  that  incorporates  a  wide  range  of 
clinical tools, including: 
•  Electronic  charting  of  dental  procedures,  treatment  plans  and  existing 

conditions; 

•  Periodontal charting via light-pen, voice-activation, or keyboard entry for full 

periodontal examinations and PSR scoring; 

•  Digital imaging of X-ray and intra-oral camera images; 
•  Computer-based  patient  education  modules,  viewable  chair-side  to  enhance  case 

presentation; 

•  Full  access  to  patient  information,  treatment  plans,  and  insurance  plans  via  a 
fully integrated interface with our dental practice management product; and  
•  Document  and  image  scanning  for  digital  storage  and  linkage  to  the  electronic 

patient record. 

The  result  is  a  comprehensive  clinical  information  management  system  that  helps 
practices  save  time,  reduce  costs,  improve  case  presentation,  and  enhance  the 
delivery  of  dental  services  and  quality  of  care.   Clinical  information  is  managed 

5 RS6000 is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. 
6 AIX is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. 

7

 
 
 
 
                                                      
 
 
 
and maintained electronically thus forming an electronic patient record that allows 
for the implementation of the “chartless” office.   

CPS  incorporates  Windows-based  client-server  technology  consisting  of  one  or  more 
file servers together with any combination of one or more desktop, laptop, or pen-
based PC workstations. The file server(s) used in connection with CPS utilize(s) a 
Windows  NT  or  Windows  2000  or  Windows  XP  operating  system  and  the  hardware  is 
typically a Pentium[7]-based single or multi-processor platform. Based on the server 
configuration  chosen,  CPS  is  scalable  from  one  to  hundreds  of  workstations.   A 
typical configuration may also include redundant disk storage, magnetic tape units, 
intra-  and  extra-oral  cameras,  digital  X-ray  components,  digital  scanners, 
conventional  and  flat  screen  displays,  and  printers.   The  hardware  components, 
including  the  requisite  operating  system  licenses,  are  purchased  from  third  party 
manufacturers  or  distributors  either  directly  by  the  customer  or  by  us  for  resale 
to the customer. 

NextGen provides clinical software applications that are complementary to, and are 
integrated with, our medical practice management offerings and interface with many 
of  the  other  leading  practice  management  software  systems  on  the  market.  The 
applications incorporated into our practice management solutions and others such as 
scheduling,  eligibility,  billing  and  claims  processing  are  augmented  by  clinical 
information  captured  by  NextGenemr,  including  services  rendered  and  diagnoses  used 
for  billing  purposes.   We  believe  that  we  currently  provide  a  comprehensive 
information management solution for the medical marketplace.   

NextGenemr  was  developed  with  client-server  architecture  and  a  GUI  and  utilizes 
Microsoft  Windows  2000,  Windows  NT  or  Windows  XP  on  each  workstation  and  either 
Windows  2000,  Windows  NT,  Windows  XP  or  UNIX  on  the  database  server.  NextGenemr 
maintains  data  using  industry  standard  relational  database  engines  such  as 
Microsoft  SQL  Server[8]  or  Oracle[9].  The  system  is  scalable  from  one  to  thousands 
of workstations. 

NextGenemr stores and maintains clinical data including: 
•  Data captured using user-customizable input “templates”; 
•  Scanned or electronically acquired images, including X-rays and photographs; 
•  Data  electronically  acquired  through  interfaces  with  clinical  instruments  or 

external systems; 

•  Other records, documents or notes, including electronically captured handwriting 

and annotations; and 
•  Digital voice recordings. 

NextGenemr  also  offers  a  workflow  module,  prescription  management,  automatic 
document and letter generation, patient education, referral tracking, interfaces to 
billing and lab systems, physician alerts and reminders, and powerful reporting and 
data analysis tools.   NextGen Express is a version of NextGenemr designed for small 
practices. 

7 Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. 
8 Microsoft and SQL Server is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. 
9 Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation. 

8

 
 
 
                                                     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  NextGen  Division  also  markets  NextGen®  Community  Health  Solution  (NextGen 
CHS).   NextGen  CHS  facilitates  cross-enterprise  data  sharing,  enabling  individual 
medical  practices  in  a  given  community  to  selectively  share  critical  data  such  as 
demographics,  referrals,  medications  lists,  allergies,  diagnoses,  lab  results, 
histories  and  more.  This  is  accomplished  through  a  secure,  community-wide  data 
repository  that  links  health  care  providers,  whether  they  have  the  NextGen® 
Electronic Medical Record (NextGenemr) system, another compatible EMR system, or no 
EMR,  together  with  hospitals,  payors,  labs  and  other  entities.  The  product  is 
designed  to  facilitate  a  Regional  Health  Information  Organization,  or  "RHIO."  The 
result is that for every health care encounter in the community, a patient-centric 
and complete record is accessible for the provider. The availability, currency and 
completeness  of  information  plus  the  elimination  of  duplicate  data  entry  can  lead 
to  significantly  improved  patient  safety,  enhanced  decision  making  capabilities, 
time efficiencies and cost savings.  

NextGen  also  markets  revenue  cycle  management  services  through  our  Practice 
Solutions  unit.   This  service  provides  billing  services  to  solo  and  group 
practices. 

Connectivity Services. We make available EDI capabilities and connectivity services 
to  our  customers.    The  EDI/connectivity  capabilities  encompass  direct  interfaces 
between our products and external third party systems, as well as transaction-based 
services.  Services include: 
•  Electronic  claims  submission  through  our  relationships  with  a  number  of  payors 

and national claims clearinghouses; 

•  Electronic  patient  statement  processing,  appointment  reminder  cards  and  calls, 

recall cards, patient letters, and other correspondence;  

•  Electronic insurance eligibility verification; and 
•  Electronic  posting  of  remittances  from  insurance  carriers  into  the  accounts 

receivable application. 

Revenue  Cycle  Management  Services      Our  NextGen  Practice  Solutions  unit  offers 
revenue cycle management services to physicians. On May 20, 2008, we acquired HSI, 
a  full-service  healthcare  revenue  management  company  servicing  the  revenue  cycle 
management  needs  of  physician  groups  and  a  variety  of  other  healthcare  clients.   
HSI  has  historically  and  primarily  focused  on  assisting  its  clients  in  increasing 
the accuracy and speed of client billing and collections activities.  

Internet  Applications.  Our  NextGen  Division  maintains  an  Internet-based  patient 
health  portal,  NextMD®.   NextMD  is  a  vertical  portal  for  the  healthcare  industry, 
linking  patients  with  their  physicians,  while  providing  a  centralized  source  of 
health-oriented information for both consumers and medical professionals.  Patients 
whose  physicians  are  linked  to  the  portal  are  able  to  request  appointments,  send 
appointment  changes  or  cancellations,  receive  test  results  on-line,  request 
prescription refills, view and/or pay their statements, and communicate with their 
physicians, all in a secure, on-line environment.  Our NextGen suite of information 
systems are or can be linked to NextMD, integrating a number of these features with 
physicians’ existing systems. 

Sales and Marketing   

We sell and market our products nationwide primarily through a direct sales force. 
The efforts of the direct sales  force  are  augmented  by  a  small  number  of  reseller 
relationships  established  by  us.  Software  license  sales  to  resellers  represented 
less than 10% of total revenue for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  direct  sales  force  typically  makes  presentations  to  potential  clients  by 
demonstrating the system and our capabilities on the prospective client's premises.   
Sales  efforts  aimed  at  smaller  practices  can  be  performed  on  the  prospective 
clients’ premises, or remotely via telephone or Internet-based presentations.   Our 
sales  and  marketing  employees  identify  prospective  clients  through  a  variety  of 
means, including referrals from existing clients, industry consultants, contacts at 
professional society meetings, trade shows and seminars, trade journal advertising, 
direct mail advertising, and telemarketing.  

Our sales cycle can vary significantly and typically ranges from six to twenty four 
months  from  initial  contact  to  contract  execution.  Software  licenses  are  normally 
delivered  to  a  customer  almost  immediately  upon  receipt  of  an  order.  
Implementation  and  training  services  are  normally  rendered  based  on  a  mutually 
agreed  upon  timetable.    As  part  of  the  fees  paid  by  our  clients,  we  normally 
receive  up-front  licensing  fees.    Clients  have  the  option  to  purchase  maintenance 
services which, if purchased, are invoiced on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis.  

Several  clients  have  purchased  our  practice  management  software  and,  in  turn,  are 
providing  either  time-share  or  billing  services  to  single  and  group  practice 
practitioners.  Under  the  time-share  or  billing  service  agreements,  the  client 
provides the use of our software  for  a  fee to  one  or  more  practitioners.  Although 
we  typically  do  not  receive  a  fee  directly  from  the  distributor's  customers, 
implementation  of  such  arrangements  has,  from  time  to  time,  resulted  in  the 
purchase  of  additional  software  capacity  by  the  distributor,  as  well  as  new 
software purchases made by the distributor's customers should such customers decide 
to perform the practice management functions in-house. 

We  continue  to  concentrate  our  direct  sales  and  marketing  efforts  on  medical  and 
dental  practices,  networks  of  such  practices  including  MSO’s  and  PHO’s, 
professional schools, community health centers and other ambulatory care settings. 

MSO’s, PHO’s and similar networks to which we have sold systems provide use of our 
software  to  those  group  and  single  physician  practices  associated  with  the 
organization  or  hospital  on  either  a  service  basis  or  by  directing  us  to  contract 
with those practices for the sale of stand-alone systems. 

We  have  also  entered  into  marketing  assistance  agreements  with  certain  of  our 
clients pursuant to which the clients allow us to demonstrate to potential clients 
the use of systems on the existing clients' premises. 

From time to time we assist prospective clients in identifying third party sources 
for  financing  the  purchase  of  our  systems.  The  financing  is  typically  obtained  by 
the  client  directly  from  institutional  lenders  and  typically  takes  the  form  of  a 
loan  from  the  institution  secured  by  the  system  to  be  purchased  or  a  leasing 
arrangement.  We do not guarantee the financing nor retain any continuing interest 
in the transaction.  

We  have  numerous  clients  and  do  not  believe  that  the  loss  of  any  single  client 
would  adversely  affect  us.  No  client  accounted  for  ten  percent  or  more  of  net 
revenue during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2007, or 2006.  However, one 
client  did  represent  approximately  12.5%  of  gross  accounts  receivable  as  of  March 
31, 2007. 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer Service and Support   

We believe our success is attributable in part to our customer service and support 
departments.  We offer support to our clients seven days a week, 24 hours a day. 

Our  client  support  staff  is  comprised  of  specialists  who  are  knowledgeable  in  the 
areas  of  software  and  hardware  as  well  as  in  the  day-to-day  operations  of  a 
practice. System support activities range from correcting minor procedural problems 
in  the  client's  system  to  performing  complex  database  reconstructions  or  software 
updates. 

We utilize automated online support systems which assist clients in resolving minor 
problems  and  facilitate  automated  electronic  retrieval  of  problems  and  symptoms 
following a client's call to the automated support system. Additionally, our online 
support systems maintain call records, available at both the client’s facility and 
our offices. 

We  offer  our  clients  support  services  for  most  system  components,  including 
hardware and software, for a fixed monthly, quarterly or annual fee. Customers also 
receive  access  to  future  unspecified  versions  of  the  software,  on  a  when-and-if 
available  basis,  as  part  of  support  services.  We  also  subcontract,  in  certain 
instances, with third party vendors to perform specific hardware maintenance tasks.   

Implementation and Training   

We offer full service implementation and training services.  When a client signs a 
contract  for  the  purchase  of  a  system  that  includes  implementation  and  training 
services,  a  client  manager/implementation  specialist  trained  in  medical  and/or 
dental  group  practice  procedures  is  assigned  to  assist  the  client  in  the 
installation  of  the  system  and  the  training  of  appropriate  practice  staff.  
Implementation services include loading  the  software,  training  customer  personnel, 
data  conversion,  running  test  data,  and  assisting  in  the  development  and 
documentation of procedures.  Implementation and training services are provided by 
our employees as well as certified third parties and certain resellers.  

Training  may  include  a  combination  of  computer  assisted  instruction  (CAI)  for 
certain of our products, remote training techniques and training classes conducted 
at  the  client's  or  our  office(s).  CAI  consists  of  workbooks,  computer  interaction 
and  self-paced  instruction.  CAI  is  also  offered  to  clients,  for  an  additional 
charge, after the initial training program is completed for the purpose of training 
new  and  additional  employees.  Remote  training  allows  a  trainer  at  our  offices  to 
train  one  or  more  people  at  a  client  site  via  telephone  and  computer  connection, 
thus  allowing  an  interactive  and  client-specific  mode  of  training  without  the 
expense  and  time  required  for  travel.  In  addition,  our  on-line  “help”  and  other 
documentation features facilitate client training as well as ongoing support. 

In  addition,  NextGen  E-learning  is  an  on-line  learning  subscription  service  which 
allows end users to train on the software  on  the  internet.    E-learning  allows  end 
users  to  self  manage  their  own  learning  with  their  personal  learning  path.    The 
service allows users to track the status of courses taken.   

At present, our training facilities are located in (i) Horsham, Pennsylvania, (ii) 
Atlanta, Georgia, (iii) Dallas, Texas and (iv) Irvine, California.   

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competition   

The  markets  for  healthcare  information  systems  are  intensely  competitive.  The 
industry  is  highly  fragmented  and  includes  numerous  competitors,  none  of  which  we 
believe  dominates  these  markets.  The  electronic  patient  records  and  connectivity 
markets,  in  particular,  are  subject  to  rapid  changes  in  technology,  and  we  expect 
that  competition  in  these  market  segments  will  increase  as  new  competitors  enter 
the  market.    We  believe  our  principal  competitive  advantages  are  the  features  and 
capabilities of our products and services, our high level of customer support, and 
our extensive experience in the industry.  

Product Enhancement and Development 

The healthcare information management and computer software and hardware industries 
are  characterized  by  rapid  technological  change  requiring  us  to  engage  in 
continuing  investments  to  update,  enhance,  and  improve  our  systems.  During  fiscal 
years 2008, 2007, and 2006, we expended approximately $17.4 million, $15.2 million, 
and $11.4 million, respectively, on research and development activities, including 
capitalized  software  amounts  of  $6.0  million,  $5.0  million,  and  $3.3  million, 
respectively. In addition, a portion of our product enhancements have resulted from 
software development work performed under contracts with our clients.  

Employees 

As of June 1, 2008, we employed 704 persons, of which 693 were full-time employees.  
We  believe  that  our  future  success  depends  in  part  upon  recruiting  and  retaining 
qualified sales, marketing and technical personnel as well as other employees.  

ITEM 1A.   

RISK FACTORS 

The  more  prominent  risks  and  uncertainties  inherent  in  our  business  are  described 
below.    However,  additional  risks  and  uncertainties  may  also  impair  our  business 
operations.  If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial 
condition  or  results  of  operations  will  likely  suffer.    Any  of  these  or  other 
factors could harm our business and future results of operations and may cause you 
to lose all or part of your investment. 

We  face  significant,  evolving  competition  which,  if  we  fail  to  properly  address, 
could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and 
price  of  our  stock.  The  markets  for  healthcare  information  systems  are  intensely 
competitive,  and  we  face  significant  competition  from  a  number  of  different 
sources.  Several of our competitors have significantly greater name recognition as 
well  as  substantially  greater  financial,  technical,  product  development  and 
marketing  resources  than  we  do.  There  has  been  significant  merger  and  acquisition 
activity  among  a  number  of  our  competitors  in  recent  years.  Transaction  induced 
pressures,  or  other  related  factors  may  result  in  price  erosion  or  other  negative 
market  dynamics  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations, 
financial condition and price of our stock. 

We  compete  in  all  of  our  markets  with  other  major  healthcare  related  companies, 
information  management  companies,  systems  integrators,  and  other  software 
developers.  Competitive  pressures  and  other  factors,  such  as  new  product 
introductions by ourselves or our competitors, may result in price or market share 
erosion  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations  and 
financial  condition.  Also,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  applications  will 
achieve  broad  market  acceptance  or  will  successfully  compete  with  other  available 
software products. 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  inability  to  make  initial  sales  of  our  systems  to  newly  formed  groups  and/or 
healthcare providers that are replacing or substantially modifying their healthcare 
information systems could adversely affect our business, results of operations and 
financial  condition.  If  new  systems  sales  do  not  materialize,  our  near  term  and 
longer term revenue will be adversely affected. 

The unpredictability of our quarterly operating results may cause the price of our 
common stock to fluctuate or decline.  Our revenue may fluctuate in the future from 
quarter  to  quarter  and  period  to  period,  as  a  result  of  a  number  of  factors 
including, without limitation:  
•  the size and timing of orders from clients;   
•  the specific mix of software, hardware, and services in client orders; 
•  the length of sales cycles and installation processes;  
•  the ability of our clients to obtain financing for the purchase of our products;  
•  changes in pricing policies or price reductions by us or our competitors;  
•  the  timing  of  new  product  announcements  and  product  introductions  by  us  or  our 

competitors;  

•  changes  in  revenue  recognition  or  other  accounting  guidelines  employed  by  us 
and/or  established  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  or  other  rule-
making bodies;  

•  the availability and cost of system components;  
•  the financial stability of clients;  
•  market acceptance of new products, applications and product enhancements;  
•  our  ability  to  develop,  introduce  and  market  new  products,  applications  and 

product enhancements;  

•  our success in expanding our sales and marketing programs;  
•  deferrals  of  client  orders  in  anticipation  of  new  products,  applications, 

product enhancements, or public/private sector initiatives;  

•  accounting policies concerning the timing of the recognition of revenue; 
•  execution of or changes to our strategy; 
•  personnel changes; and  
•  general market/economic factors. 

Our software products are generally shipped as orders are received and accordingly, 
we have historically operated with a minimal backlog of license fees.  As a result, 
revenue  in  any  quarter  is  dependent  on  orders  booked  and  shipped  in  that  quarter 
and is not predictable with any degree of certainty.  Furthermore, our systems can 
be  relatively  large  and  expensive  and  individual  systems  sales  can  represent  a 
significant portion of our revenue and profits for a quarter such that the loss or 
deferral  of  even  one  such  sale  can  adversely  affect  our  quarterly  revenue  and 
profitability.  

Clients  often  defer  systems  purchases  until  our  quarter  end,  so  quarterly  results 
generally cannot be predicted and frequently are not known until after the quarter 
has concluded.  

Our sales are dependent upon clients’ initial decisions to replace or substantially 
modify their existing information systems, and subsequently a decision as to which 
products  and  services  to  purchase.  These  are  major  decisions  for  healthcare 
providers, and accordingly, the sales cycle for our systems can vary significantly 
and  typically  ranges  from  six  to  twenty  four  months  from  initial  contact  to 
contract execution/shipment.  

Because a significant percentage of our expenses are relatively fixed, a variation 
in  the  timing  of  systems  sales,  implementations,  and  installations  can  cause 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
significant  variations  in  operating  results  from  quarter  to  quarter.  As  a  result, 
we  believe  that  interim  period-to-period  comparisons  of  our  results  of  operations 
are  not  necessarily  meaningful  and  should  not  be  relied  upon  as  indications  of 
future  performance.  Further,  our  historical  operating  results  are  not  necessarily 
indicative of future performance for any particular period.  

We  currently  recognize  revenue  pursuant  to  Statement  of  Position  (SOP)  97-2,  as 
modified  by  SOP  98-9  and  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  (SAB)  104.  SAB  104  summarizes 
the  staff’s  views  in  applying  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  revenue 
recognition in financial statements.    

There can be no assurance that application and subsequent interpretations of these 
pronouncements  will  not  further  modify  our  revenue  recognition  policies,  or  that 
such modifications would not adversely affect our operating results reported in any 
particular quarter or year.  

Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that our operating results may 
be  below  the  expectations  of  public  market  analysts  and  investors.  In  such  event, 
the price of our common stock would likely be adversely affected. 

The  failure  of  auction  rate  securities  to  sell  at  their  reset  dates  could  impact 
the  liquidity  of  the  investment  and  could  negatively  impact  the  carrying  value  of 
the  investment.  The  Company’s  investments  include  of  auction  rate  securities.  
Auction rate securities are securities that are structured with short-term interest 
rate  reset  dates  of  generally  less  than  ninety  days  but  with  longer  contractual 
maturities that range, for our holdings, from nine to 28 years. At the end of each 
reset  period,  investors  can  typically  sell  at  auction  or  continue  to  hold  the 
securities  at  par.  These  securities  are  subject  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rate 
depending  on  the  supply  and  demand  at  each  auction.  Through  March  31,  2008, 
auctions  held  for  the  Company’s  auction  rate  securities  with  a  total  aggregate 
value of approximately $23.0 million failed. As of March 31, 2008, the Company was 
holding a total of approximately $22.6 million, net of unrealized loss, in auction 
rate  securities.  While  these  debt  securities  are  all  highly-rated  investments, 
generally  with  AAA/Aaa  ratings,  continued  failure  to  sell  at  their  reset  dates 
could impact the liquidity of the investment which in turn could negatively impact 
the liquidity of the Company. In addition, continued failure to sell at their reset 
dates  could  also  negatively  impact  the  carrying  value  of  the  investment  which 
resulted  in  temporary  impairment  losses  in  the  current  period  and  could  lead  to 
permanent  impairment  charges  in  future  periods  should  a  decline  in  the  value  of 
those  securities  be  other  than  temporary,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on our financial position and results of operations.  

Our common stock price has been volatile, which could result in substantial losses 
for  investors  purchasing  shares  of  our  common  stock  and  in  litigation  against  us.  
Volatility may be caused by a number of factors including but not limited to: 

•  actual or anticipated quarterly variations in operating results;  
•  rumors  about  our  performance,  software  solutions,  or  merger  and  acquisition 

activity;  

•  changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates 

of securities analysts; 

•  governmental regulatory action; 
•  health care reform measures; 
•  client relationship developments; 
•  purchases or sales of company stock; 

14

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
•  activities by one or more of our major shareholders concerning our policies and 

operations; 

•  changes occurring in the markets in general; and  
•  other factors, many of which are beyond our control.  

Furthermore,  the  stock  market  in  general,  and  the  market  for  software,  healthcare 
and  high  technology  companies  in  particular,  has  experienced  extreme  volatility 
that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. 
These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price 
of our common stock, regardless of actual operating performance.   

Moreover,  in  the  past,  securities  class  action  litigation  has  often  been  brought 
against  a  company  following  periods  of  volatility  in  the  market  price  of  its 
securities.  We may in the future be the target of similar litigation.  Securities 
litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and 
resources.   

Two of our directors are significant shareholders, which makes it possible for them 
to  have  significant  influence  over  the  outcome  of  all  matters  submitted  to  our 
shareholders  for  approval  and  which  influence  may  be  alleged  to  conflict  with  our 
interests  and  the  interests  of  our  other  shareholders.    Two  of  our  directors  and 
principal shareholders beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 36% of the 
outstanding  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  March  31,  2008.    Our  Bylaws  permit  our 
shareholders  to  cumulate  their  votes,  the  effect  of  which  is  to  provide 
shareholders  with  sufficiently  large  concentrations  of  our  shares  the  opportunity 
to  assure  themselves  one  or  more  seats  on  our  Board.    The  amounts  required  to 
assure  a  Board  position  can  vary  based  upon  the  number  of  shares  outstanding,  the 
number  of  shares  voting,  the  number  of  directors  to  be  elected,  the  number  of 
“broker  non-votes”,  and  the  number  of  shares  held  by  the  shareholder  exercising 
cumulative  voting  rights.   In  the  event  that  cumulative  voting  is  invoked,  it  is 
likely  that  the  two  of  our  directors  holding  an  aggregate  of  approximately  36%  of 
the  outstanding  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  March  31,  2008  will  each  have 
sufficient votes to assure themselves  of  one or  more  seats  on  our  Board.   With  or 
without cumulative voting, these shareholders will have significant influence over 
the  outcome  of  all  matters  submitted  to  our  shareholders  for  approval,  including 
the  election  of  our  directors  and  other  corporate  actions.    In  addition,  such 
influence by one or both of these affiliates could have the effect of discouraging 
others  from  attempting  to  purchase  us,  take  us  over,  and/or  reducing  the  market 
price offered for our common stock in such an event.  

If our principal products and our new product development fail to meet the needs of 
our  clients,  we  may  fail  to  realize  future  growth.    We  currently  derive 
substantially  all  of  our  net  revenue  from  sales  of  our  healthcare  information 
systems  and  related  services.  We  believe  that  a  primary  factor  in  the  market 
acceptance  of  our  systems  has  been  our  ability  to  meet  the  needs  of  users  of 
healthcare  information  systems.  Our  future  financial  performance  will  depend  in 
large part on our ability to continue to meet the increasingly sophisticated needs 
of  our  clients  through  the  timely  development  and  successful  introduction  and 
implementation of new and enhanced versions of our systems and other complementary 
products. We have historically expended a significant percentage of our net revenue 
on product development and believe that significant continuing product development 
efforts  will  be  required  to  sustain  our  growth.  Continued  investment  in  our  sales 
staff  and  our  client  implementation  and  support  staffs  will  also  be  required  to 
support future growth.  

There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  successful  in  our  product  development 
efforts, that the market will continue to accept our existing products, or that new 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
products  or  product  enhancements  will  be  developed  and  implemented  in  a  timely 
manner,  meet  the  requirements  of  healthcare  providers,  or  achieve  market 
acceptance.  If  new  products  or  product  enhancements  do  not  achieve  market 
acceptance,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  could  be 
adversely  affected.  At  certain  times  in  the  past,  we  have  also  experienced  delays 
in  purchases  of  our  products  by  clients  anticipating  our  launch  of  new  products. 
There  can  be  no  assurance  that  material  order  deferrals  in  anticipation  of  new 
product introductions from ourselves or other entities will not occur.   

If  the  emerging  technologies  and  platforms  of  Microsoft  and  others  upon  which  we 
build our products do not gain or continue to maintain broad market acceptance, or 
if  we  fail  to  develop  and  introduce  in  a  timely  manner  new  products  and  services 
compatible  with  such  emerging  technologies,  we  may  not  be  able  to  compete 
effectively and our ability to generate revenue will suffer.  Our software products 
are  built  and  depend  upon  several  underlying  and  evolving  relational  database 
management  system  platforms  such  as  those  developed  by  Microsoft.  To  date,  the 
standards  and  technologies  upon  which  we  have  chosen  to  develop  our  products  have 
proven  to  have  gained  industry  acceptance.  However,  the  market  for  our  software 
products  is  subject  to  ongoing  rapid  technological  developments,  quickly  evolving 
industry  standards  and  rapid  changes  in  customer  requirements,  and  there  may  be 
existing  or  future  technologies  and  platforms  that  achieve  industry  standard 
status, which are not compatible with our products. 

We  face  the  possibility  of  subscription  pricing,  which  may  force  us  to  adjust  our 
sales, marketing and pricing strategies.  We currently derive substantially all of 
our systems revenue from traditional software license, implementation and training 
fees,  as  well  as  the  resale  of  computer  hardware.  Today,  the  majority  of  our 
customers pay an initial license fee for the use of our products, in addition to a 
periodic  maintenance  fee.  If  the  marketplace  increasingly  demands  subscription 
pricing,  we  may  be  forced  to  adjust  our  sales,  marketing  and  pricing  strategies 
accordingly,  by  offering  a  higher  percentage  of  our  products  and  services  through 
these  means.  Shifting  to  a  significantly  greater  degree  of  subscription  pricing 
could adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and quarterly and annual 
revenue  and  results  of  operations,  as  our  revenue  would  initially  decrease 
substantially. There can be no assurance that the marketplace will not increasingly 
embrace subscription pricing. 

Many  of  our  competitors  have  greater  resources  than  we  do.    In  order  to  compete 
successfully, we must keep pace with our competitors in anticipating and responding 
to  the  rapid  changes  involving  the  industry  in  which  we  operate,  or  our  business, 
results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  may  be  adversely  affected.    The 
software market generally is characterized by rapid technological change, changing 
customer  needs,  frequent  new  product  introductions,  and  evolving  industry 
standards.  The  introduction  of  products  incorporating  new  technologies  and  the 
emergence of new industry standards could render our existing products obsolete and 
unmarketable.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  successful  in  developing 
and  marketing  new  products  that  respond  to  technological  changes  or  evolving 
industry  standards.  New  product  development  depends  upon  significant  research  and 
development  expenditures  which  depend  ultimately  upon  sales  growth.  Any  material 
shortfall  in  revenue  or  research  funding  could  impair  our  ability  to  respond  to 
technological  advances  or  opportunities  in  the  marketplace  and  to  remain 
competitive.  If  we  are  unable,  for  technological  or  other  reasons,  to  develop  and 
introduce new products in a timely manner in response to changing market conditions 
or  customer  requirements,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition may be adversely affected. 

In  response  to  increasing  market  demand,  we  are  currently  developing  new 
generations of certain of our software products. There can be no assurance that we 

16

 
 
 
 
 
will  successfully  develop  these  new  software  products  or  that  these  products  will 
operate  successfully,  or  that  any  such  development,  even  if  successful,  will  be 
completed  concurrently  with  or  prior  to  introduction  of  competing  products.  Any 
such failure or delay could adversely affect our competitive position or could make 
our current products obsolete. 

We face risk and/or the possibility of claims from activities related to strategic 
partners,  which  could  be  expensive  and  time-consuming,  divert  personnel  and  other 
resources  from  our  business  and  result  in  adverse  publicity  that  could  harm  our 
business.  We  rely  on  third  parties  to  provide  services  that  affect  our  business. 
For  example,  we  use  national  clearinghouses  in  the  processing  of  some  insurance 
claims and we outsource some of our hardware maintenance services and the printing 
and  delivery  of  patient  statements  for  our  customers.    These  third  parties  could 
raise their prices and/or be acquired by competitors of our which could potentially 
create  short  and  long-term  disruptions  to  our  business  negatively  impacting  our 
revenue, profit and/or stock price.  We also have relationships with certain third 
parties where these third parties serve as sales channels through which we generate 
a  portion  of  our  revenue.  Due  to  these  third-party  relationships,  we  could  be 
subject  to  claims  as  a  result  of  the  activities,  products,  or  services  of  these 
third-party  service  providers  even  though  we  were  not  directly  involved  in  the 
circumstances  leading  to  those  claims.  Even  if  these  claims  do  not  result  in 
liability  to  us,  defending  and  investigating  these  claims  could  be  expensive  and 
time-consuming,  divert  personnel  and  other  resources  from  our  business  and  result 
in adverse publicity that could harm our business.  

We  face  the  possibility  of  claims  based  upon  our  website,  which  may  cause  us 
expense  and  management  distraction.    We  could  be  subject  to  third  party  claims 
based  on  the  nature  and  content  of  information  supplied  on  our  website  by  us  or 
third  parties,  including  content  providers  or  users.    We  could  also  be  subject  to 
liability  for  content  that  may  be  accessible  through  our  website  or  third  party 
websites  linked  from  our  website  or  through  content  and  information  that  may  be 
posted  by  users  in  chat  rooms,  bulletin  boards  or  on  websites  created  by 
professionals  using  our  applications.  Even  if  these  claims  do  not  result  in 
liability  to  us,  investigating  and  defending  against  these  claims  could  be 
expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our 
operations. 

We may engage in future acquisitions, which may be expensive and time consuming and 
from  which  we  may  not  realize  anticipated  benefits.    We  may  acquire  additional 
businesses,  technologies  and  products  if  we  determine  that  these  additional 
businesses, technologies and products are likely to serve our strategic goals.  On 
May  20,  2008,  we  acquired  Lackland  Acquisition  II,  LLC  dba  Healthcare  Strategic 
Initiatives  (HSI),  a  full-service  healthcare  revenue  management  company  servicing 
healthcare  clients.    The  specific  risks  we  may  encounter  in  these  types  of 
transactions include but are not limited to the following: 

•  potentially  dilutive  issuances  of  our  securities,  the  incurrence  of  debt  and 
contingent  liabilities  and  amortization  expenses  related  to  intangible  assets, 
which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial conditions;  
•  use of cash as acquisition currency may adversely affect interest or investment 
income,  thereby  potentially  adversely  affecting  our  earnings  and  /or  earnings 
per share; 

•  difficulty  in  effectively  integrating  any  acquired  technologies  or  software 

products into our current products and technologies; 

•  difficulty in predicting and responding to issues related to product transition 

such as development, distribution and customer support; 

17

 
 
 
 
 
•  the possible adverse effect of such acquisitions on existing relationships with 

third party partners and suppliers of technologies and services;  

•  the possibility that staff or customers of the acquired company might not accept 
new  ownership  and  may  transition  to  different  technologies  or  attempt  to 
renegotiate  contract  terms  or  relationships,  including  maintenance  or  support 
agreements;  

•  the  possibility  that  the  due  diligence  process  in  any  such  acquisition  may  not 
completely  identify  material  issues  associated  with  product  quality,  product 
architecture,  product  development,  intellectual  property  issues,  key  personnel 
issues  or  legal  and  financial  contingencies,  including  any  deficiencies  in 
internal  controls  and  procedures  and  the  costs  associated  with  remedying  such 
deficiencies;   

•  difficulty in integrating acquired operations due to geographical distance, and 

language and cultural differences; and 

•  the  possibility  that  acquired  assets  become  impaired,  requiring  us  to  take  a 

charge to earnings which could be significant. 

A  failure  to  successfully  integrate  acquired  businesses  or  technology  for  any  of 
these reasons could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.  

We face the risks and uncertainties that are associated with litigation against us, 
which  may  adversely  impact  our  marketing,  distract  management  and  have  a  negative 
impact  upon  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.    We  face 
the risks associated with litigation concerning the operation of our business.  The 
uncertainty  associated  with  substantial  unresolved  litigation  may  have  an  adverse 
effect  on  our  business.  In  particular,  such  litigation  could  impair  our 
relationships  with  existing  customers  and  our  ability  to  obtain  new  customers. 
Defending  such  litigation  may  result  in  a  diversion  of  management's  time  and 
attention away from business operations, which could have an adverse effect on our 
business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  Such  litigation  may  also 
have the effect of discouraging potential acquirers from bidding for us or reducing 
the  consideration  such  acquirers  would  otherwise  be  willing  to  pay  in  connection 
with an acquisition.  

There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  litigation  will  not  result  in  liability  in 
excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that 
appropriate  insurance  will  continue  to  be  available  to  us  in  the  future  at 
commercially reasonable rates. 

Because  we  believe  that  proprietary  rights  are  material  to  our  success, 
misappropriation  of  these  rights  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition.  
We  are  heavily  dependent  on  the  maintenance  and  protection  of  our  intellectual 
property and we rely largely on license agreements, confidentiality procedures, and 
employee  nondisclosure  agreements  to  protect  our  intellectual  property.  Our 
software  is  not  patented  and  existing  copyright  laws  offer  only  limited  practical 
protection.  

There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  legal  protections  and  precautions  we  take  will 
be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology or that competitors will 
not independently develop technologies equivalent or superior to ours. Further, the 
laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an 
extent as do the laws of the United States and are often not enforced as vigorously 
as those in the United States. 

We  do  not  believe  that  our  operations  or  products  infringe  on  the  intellectual 
property rights of others. However, there can be no assurance that others will not 
assert  infringement  or  trade  secret  claims  against  us  with  respect  to  our  current 

18

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
or future products or that any such assertion will not require us to enter into a 
license  agreement  or  royalty  arrangement  or  other  financial  arrangement  with  the 
party asserting the claim. Responding to and defending any such claims may distract 
the  attention  of  our  management  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of 
operations  and  financial  condition.  In  addition,  claims  may  be  brought  against 
third  parties  from  which  we  purchase  software,  and  such  claims  could  adversely 
affect our ability to access third party software for our systems. 

If  we  are  deemed  to  infringe  on  the  proprietary  rights  of  third  parties,  we  could 
incur  unanticipated  expense  and  be  prevented  from  providing  our  products  and 
services.  We  are  and  may  continue  to  be  subject  to  intellectual  property 
infringement  claims  as  the  number  of  our  competitors  grows  and  our  applications' 
functionality is viewed as similar or overlapping with competitive products. We do 
not  believe  that  we  have  infringed  or  are  infringing  on  any  proprietary  rights  of 
third  parties.  However,  claims  are  occasionally  asserted  against  us,  and  we cannot 
assure you that infringement claims will not be asserted against us in the future. 
Also,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  any  such  claims  will  be  unsuccessful.  We  could 
incur  substantial  costs  and  diversion  of  management  resources  defending  any 
infringement  claims  –  even  if  we  are  ultimately  successful  in  the  defense  of  such 
matters.  Furthermore,  a  party  making  a  claim  against  us  could  secure  a  judgment 
awarding  substantial  damages,  as well  as  injunctive  or other  equitable  relief  that 
could  effectively  block  our  ability  to  provide  products  or  services.  In  addition, 
we  cannot  assure  you  that  licenses  for  any  intellectual  property  of  third  parties 
that  might  be  required  for  our  products  or  services  will  be  available  on 
commercially reasonable terms, or at all.  

We are dependent on our license rights and other services from third parties, which 
may  cause  us  to  discontinue,  delay  or  reduce  product  shipments.    We  depend  upon 
licenses for some of the technology used in our products as well as other services 
from third-party vendors. Most of these arrangements can be continued/renewed only 
by  mutual  consent  and  may  be  terminated  for  any  number  of  reasons.  We  may  not  be 
able  to  continue  using  the  products  or  services  made  available  to  us  under  these 
arrangements  on  commercially  reasonable  terms  or  at  all.  As  a  result,  we  may  have 
to discontinue, delay or reduce product shipments or services provided until we can 
obtain equivalent technology or services. Most of our third-party licenses are non-
exclusive. Our competitors may obtain the right to use any of the business elements 
covered  by  these  arrangements  and  use  these  elements  to  compete  directly  with  us. 
In  addition,  if  our  vendors  choose  to  discontinue  providing  their  technology  or 
services  in  the  future  or  are  unsuccessful  in  their  continued  research  and 
development efforts, we may not be able to modify or adapt our own products.  

We  face  the  possibility  of  damages  resulting  from  internal  and  external  security 
breaches,  and  viruses.    In  the  course  of  our  business  operations,  we  compile  and 
transmit  confidential  information,  including  patient  health  information,  in  our 
processing  centers  and  other  facilities.    A  breach  of  security  in  any  of  these 
facilities could damage our reputation and result in damages being assessed against 
us.    In  addition,  the  other  systems  with  which  we  may  interface,  such  as  the 
Internet  and  related  systems  may  be  vulnerable  to  security  breaches,  viruses, 
programming errors, or similar disruptive problems.    The effect of these security 
breaches  and  related  issues  could  disrupt  our  ability  to  perform  certain  key 
business  functions  and  could  potentially  reduce  demand  for  our  services.  
Accordingly,  we  have  expended  significant  resources  toward  establishing  and 
enhancing the security of our related infrastructures, although no assurance can be 
given  that  they  will  be  entirely  free  from  potential  breach.  Maintaining  and 
enhancing our infrastructure security may require us to expend significant capital 
in the future.   

19

 
 
 
 
 
The  success  of  our  strategy  to  offer  our  EDI  services  and  Internet  solutions 
depends  on  the  confidence  of  our  customers  in  our  ability  to  securely  transmit 
confidential  information.  Our  EDI  services  and  Internet  solutions  rely  on 
encryption,  authentication  and  other  security  technology  licensed  from  third 
parties  to  achieve  secure  transmission  of  confidential  information.  We  may  not  be 
able to stop unauthorized attempts to gain access to or disrupt the transmission of 
communications  by  our  customers.  Anyone  who  is  able  to  circumvent  our  security 
measures  could  misappropriate  confidential  user  information  or  interrupt  our,  or 
our  customers'  operations.  In  addition,  our  EDI  and  Internet  solutions  may  be 
vulnerable to viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions.  

Any  failure  to  provide  secure  infrastructure  and/or  electronic  communication 
services could result in a lack of trust by our customers causing them to seek out 
other  vendors,  and/or,  damage  our  reputation  in  the  market  making  it  difficult  to 
obtain new customers. 

We  are  subject  to  the  development  and  maintenance  of  the  Internet  infrastructure, 
which  is  not  within  our  control,  and  which  may  diminish  Internet  usage  and 
availability as well as access to our website.  We deliver Internet-based services 
and,  accordingly,  we  are  dependent  on  the  maintenance  of  the  Internet  by  third 
parties.    The  Internet  infrastructure  may  be  unable  to  support  the  demands  placed 
on it and our performance may decrease if the Internet continues to experience it’s 
historic  trend  of  expanding  usage.    As  a  result  of  damage  to  portions  of  its 
infrastructure,  the  Internet  has  experienced  a  variety  of  performance  problems 
which may continue into the foreseeable future.  Such Internet related problems may 
diminish  Internet  usage  and  availability  of  the  Internet  to  us  for  transmittal  of 
our  Internet-based  services.    In  addition,  difficulties,  outages,  and  delays  by 
Internet  service  providers,  online  service  providers  and  other  website  operators 
may obstruct or diminish access to our website by our customers resulting in a loss 
of potential or existing users of our services. 

Our  failure  to  manage  growth  could  harm  our  business,  results  of  operations  and 
financial  condition.  We  have  in  the  past  experienced  periods  of  growth  which  have 
placed, and may continue to place, a significant strain on our non-cash resources. 
We  also  anticipate  expanding  our  overall  software  development,  marketing,  sales, 
client  management  and  training  capacity.  In  the  event  we  are  unable  to  identify, 
hire, train and retain qualified individuals in such capacities within a reasonable 
timeframe,  such  failure  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  us.  In  addition,  our 
ability  to  manage  future  increases,  if  any,  in  the  scope  of  our  operations  or 
personnel  will  depend  on  significant  expansion  of  our  research  and  development, 
marketing and sales, management, and administrative and financial capabilities. The 
failure  of  our  management  to  effectively  manage  expansion  in  our  business  could 
have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition. 

20

 
 
 
 
Our  operations  are  dependent  upon  our  key  personnel.    If  such  personnel  were  to 
leave  unexpectedly,  we  may  not  be  able  to  execute  our  business  plan.    Our  future 
performance  depends  in  significant  part  upon  the  continued  service  of  our  key 
technical  and  senior  management  personnel,  many  of  whom  have  been  with  us  for  a 
significant  period  of  time.    These  personnel  have  acquired  specialized  knowledge 
and  skills  with  respect  to  our  business.    We  maintain  key  man  life  insurance  on 
only  one  of  our  employees.  Because  we  have  a  relatively  small  number  of  employees 
when  compared  to  other  leading  companies  in  our  industry,  our  dependence  on 
maintaining  our  relationships  with  key  employees  is  particularly  significant.  We 
are  also  dependent  on  our  ability  to  attract  high  quality  personnel,  particularly 
in the areas of sales and applications development.  

The  industry  in  which  we  operate  is  characterized  by  a  high  level  of  employee 
mobility and aggressive recruiting of skilled personnel. There can be no assurance 
that our current employees will continue to work for us.  Loss of services of key 
employees  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and 
financial condition. Furthermore, we may need to grant additional equity incentives 
to  key  employees  and  provide  other  forms  of  incentive  compensation  to  attract  and 
retain such key personnel. Failure to provide such types of incentive compensation 
could jeopardize our recruitment and retention capabilities.  

Our products may be subject to product liability legal claims, which could have an 
adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition. 
Certain  of  our  products  provide  applications  that  relate  to  patient  clinical 
information. Any failure by our products to provide accurate and timely information 
could  result  in  claims  against  us.  In  addition,  a  court  or  government  agency  may 
take  the  position  that  our  delivery  of  health  information  directly,  including 
through  licensed  practitioners,  or  delivery  of  information  by  a  third  party  site 
that  a  consumer  accesses  through  our  Web  sites,  exposes  us  to  assertions  of 
malpractice,  other  personal  injury  liability,  or  other  liability  for  wrongful 
delivery/handling  of  healthcare  services  or  erroneous  health  information.  We 
maintain  insurance  to  protect  against  claims  associated  with  the  use  of  our 
products  as  well  as  liability  limitation  language  in  our  end-user  license 
agreements,  but  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  insurance  coverage  or 
contractual  language  would  adequately  cover  any  claim  asserted  against  us.    A 
successful  claim  brought  against  us  in  excess  of  or  outside  of  our  insurance 
coverage  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and 
financial  condition.  Even  unsuccessful  claims  could  result  in  our  expenditure  of 
funds for litigation and management time and resources.  
•  Certain  healthcare  professionals  who  use  our  Internet-based  products  will 
directly  enter  health  information  about  their  patients  including  information 
that constitutes a record under applicable law that we may store on our computer 
systems.    Numerous  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations,  the  common  law,  and 
contractual 
and 
confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information, including: 

dissemination, 

obligations, 

collection, 

govern 

use 

•  state and federal privacy and confidentiality laws; 
•  our contracts with customers and partners; 
•  state laws regulating healthcare professionals; 
•  Medicaid laws;  
•  the  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996  (HIPAA)  and 

related rules proposed by the Health Care Financing Administration; and  

•  Health  Care  Financing  Administration  standards  for  Internet  transmission  of 

health data. 

The  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996  establishes 
elements including, but not limited to, federal privacy and security standards for 

21

  
 
 
 
 
the  use  and  protection  of  Protected  Health  Information.    Any  failure  by  us  or  by 
our  personnel  or  partners  to  comply  with  applicable  requirements  may  result  in  a 
material liability to us. 

Although  we  have  systems  and  policies  in  place  for  safeguarding  Protected  Health 
Information  from  unauthorized  disclosure,  these  systems  and  policies  may  not 
preclude  claims  against  us  for  alleged  violations  of  applicable  requirements.  
Also,  third  party  sites  and/or  links  that  consumers  may  access  through  our  web 
sites  may  not  maintain  adequate  systems  to  safeguard  this  information,  or  may 
circumvent systems and policies we have put in place.  In addition, future laws or 
changes  in  current  laws  may  necessitate  costly  adaptations  to  our  policies, 
procedures, or systems. 

There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to product liability claims, 
that such claims will not result in liability in excess of our insurance coverage, 
that  our  insurance  will  cover  such  claims  or  that  appropriate  insurance  will 
continue  to  be  available  to  us  in  the  future  at  commercially  reasonable  rates.  
Such  product  liability  claims  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of 
operations and financial condition. 

We are subject to the effect of payor and provider conduct which we cannot control 
and accordingly, there is no assurance that revenues for our services will continue 
at  historic  levels.    We  offer  certain  electronic  claims  submission  products  and 
services  as  part  of  our  product  line.  While  we  have  implemented  certain  product 
features designed to maximize the accuracy and completeness of claims submissions, 
these  features  may  not  be  sufficient  to  prevent  inaccurate  claims  data  from  being 
submitted  to  payors.  Should  inaccurate  claims  data  be  submitted  to  payors,  we  may 
be subject to liability claims.  

Electronic  data  transmission  services  are  offered  by  certain  payors  to  healthcare 
providers  that  establish  a  direct  link  between  the  provider  and  payor.    This 
process  reduces  revenue  to  third  party  EDI  service  providers  such  as  us.    As  a 
result  of  this,  or  other  market  factors,  we  are  unable  to  ensure  that  we  will 
continue to generate revenue at or in excess of prior levels for such services.  

A  significant  increase  in  the  utilization  of  direct  links  between  healthcare 
providers  and  payors  could  adversely  affect  our  transaction  volume  and  financial 
results.  In addition, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain 
our  existing  links  to  payors  or  develop  new  connections  on  terms  that  are 
economically satisfactory to us, if at all.   

There  is  significant  uncertainty  in  the  healthcare  industry  in  which  we  operate, 
and we are subject to the possibility of changing government regulation, which may 
adversely  impact  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  The 
healthcare  industry  is  subject  to  changing  political,  economic  and  regulatory 
influences  that  may  affect  the  procurement  processes  and  operation  of  healthcare 
facilities. During the past several years, the healthcare industry has been subject 
to  an  increase  in  governmental  regulation  of,  among  other  things,  reimbursement 
rates and certain capital expenditures.  

In  the  past,  various  legislators  have  announced  that  they  intend  to  examine 
proposals  to  reform  certain  aspects  of  the  U.S.  healthcare  system  including 
proposals which may change governmental involvement in healthcare and reimbursement 
rates,  and  otherwise  alter  the  operating  environment  for  us  and  our  clients. 
Healthcare providers may react to these proposals, and the uncertainty surrounding 
such  proposals,  by  curtailing  or  deferring  investments,  including  those  for  our 
systems  and  related  services.  Cost-containment  measures  instituted  by  healthcare 
providers as a result of regulatory reform or otherwise could result in a reduction 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in  the  allocation  of  capital  funds.  Such  a  reduction  could  have  an  adverse  effect 
on  our  ability  to  sell  our  systems  and  related  services.    On  the  other  hand, 
changes  in  the  regulatory  environment  have  increased  and  may  continue  to  increase 
the  needs  of  healthcare  organizations  for  cost-effective  data  management  and 
thereby  enhance  the  overall  market  for  healthcare  management  information  systems. 
We  cannot  predict  what  effect,  if  any,  such  proposals  or  healthcare  reforms  might 
have on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

As existing regulations mature and become better defined, we anticipate that these 
regulations will continue to directly affect certain of our products and services, 
but we cannot fully predict the effect at this time.  We have taken steps to modify 
our  products,  services  and  internal  practices  as  necessary  to  facilitate  our 
compliance with the regulations, but there can be no assurance that we will be able 
to  do  so  in  a  timely  or  complete  manner.  Achieving  compliance  with  these 
regulations  could  be  costly  and  distract  management's  attention  and  divert  other 
company  resources,  and  any  noncompliance  by  us  could  result  in  civil  and  criminal 
penalties.  

In addition, developments of additional federal and state regulations and policies 
have the potential to positively or negatively affect our business. 

In addition, our software may potentially be subject to regulation by the U.S. Food 
and  Drug  Administration  (FDA)  as  a  medical  device.  Such  regulation  could  require 
the registration of the applicable manufacturing facility and software and hardware 
products,  application  of  detailed  record-keeping  and  manufacturing  standards,  and 
FDA approval or clearance prior to marketing. An approval or clearance requirement 
could create delays in marketing, and the FDA could require supplemental filings or 
object to certain of these applications, the result of which could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

We  may  be  subject  to  false  or  fraudulent  Claim  Laws.    There  are  numerous  federal 
and  state  laws  that  forbid  submission  of  false  information  or  the  failure  to 
disclose information in connection with submission and payment of physician claims 
for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems 
for  such  submission  and  payment.  Any  failure  of  our  revenue  cycle  management 
services  to  comply  with  these  laws  and  regulations  could  result  in  substantial 
liability, including but not limited to criminal liability, could adversely affect 
demand for Our services and could force us to expend significant capital, research 
and  development  and  other  resources  to  address  the  failure.  Errors  by  us  or  our 
systems  with  respect  to  entry,  formatting,  preparation  or  transmission  of  claim 
information  may  be  determined  or  alleged  to  be  in  violation  of  these  laws  and 
regulations.  Determination  by  a  court  or  regulatory  agency  that  Our  services 
violate  these  laws  could  subject  us  to  civil  or  criminal  penalties,  could 
invalidate  all  or  portions  of  some  of  our  client  contracts,  could  require  us  to 
change  or  terminate  some  portions  of  Our  business,  could  require  us  to  refund 
portions  of  our  services  fees,  could  cause  us  to  be  disqualified  from  serving 
clients  doing  business  with  government  payers  and  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on 
our business. 

In  most  cases  where  we  are  permitted  to  do  so,  HSI  calculates  charges  for  our 
services  based  on  a  percentage  of  the  collections  that  our  clients  receive  as  a 
result  of  our  services.  To  the  extent  that  violations  or  liability  for  violations 
of  these  laws  and  regulations  require  intent,  it  may  be  alleged  that  this 
percentage  calculation  provides  the  Company  or  it’s  employees  with  incentive  to 
commit  or  overlook  fraud  or  abuse  in  connection  with  submission  and  payment  of 
reimbursement  claims.  The  U.S. Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  Services  has 
stated  that  it  is  concerned  that  percentage-based  billing  services  may  encourage 
billing companies to commit or to overlook fraudulent or abusive practices.  

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A  portion  of  our  business  involves  billing  of  Medicare  claims  on  behalf  of  its 
clients.  In an effort to combat fraudulent Medicare claims, the federal government 
offers  rewards  for  reporting  of  Medicare  fraud  which  could  encourage  others  to 
subject us to a charge of fraudulent claims, including charges that are ultimately 
proven to be without merit.  

If our products fail to comply with evolving government and industry standards and 
regulations,  we  may  have  difficulty  selling  our  products.    We  may  be  subject  to 
additional  federal  and  state  statutes  and  regulations  in  connection  with  offering 
services and products via the Internet. On an increasingly frequent basis, federal 
and  state  legislators  are  proposing  laws  and  regulations  that  apply  to  Internet 
commerce and communications. Areas being affected by these regulations include user 
privacy,  pricing,  content,  taxation,  copyright  protection,  distribution,  and 
quality of products and services. To the extent that our products and services are 
subject to these laws and regulations, the sale of our products and services could 
be harmed. 

We  are  subject  to  changes  in  and  interpretations  of  financial  accounting  matters 
that  govern  the  measurement  of  our  performance,  one  or  more  of  which  could 
adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, revenue and results 
of  operations.  Based  on  our  reading  and  interpretations  of  relevant  guidance, 
principles  or  concepts  issued  by,  among  other  authorities,  the  American  Institute 
of Certified Public Accountants, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and the 
Commission, Management believes our current sales and licensing contract terms and 
business  arrangements  have  been  properly  reported.  However,  there  continue  to  be 
issued  interpretations  and  guidance  for  applying  the  relevant  standards  to  a  wide 
range  of  sales  and  licensing  contract  terms  and  business  arrangements  that  are 
prevalent  in  the  software  industry.  Future  interpretations  or  changes  by  the 
regulators  of  existing  accounting  standards  or  changes  in  our  business  practices 
could result in changes in our revenue recognition and/or other accounting policies 
and  practices  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  cash 
flows, revenue and results of operations. 

If material weaknesses in our internal controls are identified by ourselves or our 
independent  auditors,  our  per  share  price  may  be  adversely  affected.  Any  material 
weaknesses  identified  in  our  internal  controls  as  part  of  the  ongoing  evaluation 
being  undertaken  by  us  and  our  independent  public  accountants  pursuant  to  Section 
404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have an adverse effect on the price at 
which our stock trades.   

No  evaluation  process  can  provide  complete  assurance  that  our  internal  controls 
will  detect  and  correct  all  failures  within  our  company  to  disclose  material 
information  otherwise  required  to  be  reported.    The  effectiveness  of  our  controls 
and  procedures  could  also  be  limited  by  simple  errors  or  faulty  judgments.    In 
addition,  if  we  continue  to  expand,  through  either  organic  growth  or  through 
acquisitions  (or  both),  the  challenges  involved  in  implementing  appropriate 
controls will increase and may require  that  we  evolve  some  or  all  of  our  internal 
control processes.  

It is also possible that the overall scope of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002 may be revised in the future, thereby causing our auditors and ourselves to 
review, revise or reevaluate our internal control processes which may result in the 
expenditure of additional human and financial resources.  

Continuing worldwide political and economic uncertainties may adversely affect our 
revenue and profitability.  The last several years have been periodically marked by 
concerns including but not limited to inflation, decreased consumer confidence, the 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
lingering  effects  of  international  conflicts,  energy  costs  and  terrorist  and 
military  activities.  These  conditions  can  make  it  extremely  difficult  for  our 
customers,  our  vendors  and  ourselves  to  accurately  forecast  and  plan  future 
business activities, and they could cause constrained spending on our products and 
services, and/or delay and lengthen sales cycles.  

Our  future  policy  concerning  stock  splits  is  uncertain.    While  we  effected  a  2:1 
split of our stock in March 2005 and a second 2:1 stock split in March 2006, there 
can be no assurance that another stock split will occur in the future. Unfulfilled 
expectations to the contrary could adversely affect the price of our stock. 

Our  future  policy  concerning  the  payment  of  dividends  is  uncertain,  which  could 
adversely affect the price of our stock.  We have announced our intention to pay a 
quarterly  dividend  commencing  with  the  conclusion  of  our  first  fiscal  quarter  of 
2008 (June 30, 2007) and pursuant to this policy the Board has declared a quarterly 
cash  dividend  of  $0.25  per  share  on  our  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock,  each 
quarter  thereafter.  We  anticipate  that  future  quarterly  dividends,  if  and  when 
declared by the Board pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or 
about  the  fifth  day  of  each  of  the  months  of  October,  January,  April  and  July. 
 There  can  be  no  guarantees  that  we  will  have  the  financial  wherewithal  to  fund 
this dividend in perpetuity or to pay it at historic rates.  Further, the Board may 
decide  not  to  pay  the  dividend  at  some  future  time  for  financial  or  non-financial 
reasons.   Unfulfilled  expectations  regarding  future  dividends  could  adversely 
affect the price of our stock. 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

Our principal administrative, accounting and QSI Division operations are located in 
Irvine,  California,  under  a  lease  that  commenced  in  May  2005,  and  expired  in  May 
2008.  We leased approximately 12,000 square feet of space at this location.   In 
October  2007,  we  executed  a  lease  for  approximately  24,000  square  feet  where  our 
principal administrative, accounting and QSI Division operations will reside after 
May 2008.  This lease expires in May 2013. 

In September 2005, we executed a lease for approximately 3,300 square feet of space 
in  a  building  adjacent  to  our  corporate  office  in  Irvine  to  house  additional 
corporate staff and NextGen training operations.  This lease originally expires in 
January  2011,  however,  this  lease  will  terminate  early  in  December  2008  and  the 
NextGen training center along with the additional corporate staff will move to the 
new corporate headquarters described above.    

We lease approximately 78,000 square feet of space for the principal office of our 
NextGen  Division  in  Horsham,  Pennsylvania.  This  lease  expires  in  March  2011.    In 
January 2007, we executed a new lease for approximately 35,000 square feet of space 
for the NextGen Division in Atlanta, Georgia.  This lease expires in October 2011.  
In  May  2006,  we  executed  a  lease  for  approximately  3,000  square  feet  of  space  in 
Dallas, Texas for NextGen staff and a new NextGen training facility.  In addition, 
we  lease  approximately  6,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Santa  Ana,  California,  to 
house our assembly and warehouse  operations  of  the  QSI  Division.    We  also  have  an 
aggregate  of  approximately  3,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Minnesota,  Utah, 
Wisconsin,  and  Washington  to  house  additional  sales,  training,  development  and 
service operations. These leases, excluding options, have expiration dates ranging 
from  month-to-month  to  October  2011.      Should  we  continue  to  grow,  we  may  be 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
required  to  lease  additional  space.    We  believe  that  suitable  additional  or 
substitute space is available, if needed, at market rates.  

As  a  result  of  our  acquisition  of  HSI  on  May  20,  2008,  we  lease  approximately 
46,400 square feet for our HSI operations in St. Louis, Missouri under leases that 
expire in November 2010.   

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  involved  in  various  claims  and  legal 
proceedings.  While the ultimate resolution of these currently pending matters has 
yet to be determined, we do not presently believe that their outcome will adversely 
affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. 

ITEM 4. 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 
fiscal year 2008. 

PART II 

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Price and Holders 

Our  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol 
“QSII.” The following table sets forth for the quarters indicated the high and low 
sales  prices  for  each  period  indicated  as  reported  on  the  Nasdaq  Global  Select 
Market and reflects all stock splits effected. 

Quarter Ended 

High 

Low 

June 30, 2006.................................. 
September 30, 2006............................. 
December 31, 2006.............................. 
March 31, 2007................................. 
June 30, 2007.................................. 
September 30, 2007............................. 
December 31, 2007.............................. 
March 31, 2008................................. 

 $      38.27   
 $      42.00   
 $      43.68   
 $      45.44   
 $      42.44   
 $      45.35   
 $      38.99   
 $      36.30   

 $      28.30 
 $      30.43 
 $      34.75 
 $      36.85 
 $      36.96 
 $      32.37 
 $      26.08 
 $      26.90 

At June 1, 2008, there were approximately 90 holders of record of our common stock.  

Dividends and Splits 

On  January  30,  2008,  the  Board  approved  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.25  per 
share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record 
as of March 14, 2008 and was distributed to shareholders on or about April 7, 2008.   

On  October  25,  2007,  the  Board  approved  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.25  per 
share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
as of December 14, 2007 and was distributed to shareholders on or about January 7, 
2008.   

On  July  31,  2007,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  regular  quarterly  dividend  of 
$0.25  per  share  payable  on  its  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock.    The  cash 
dividend record date was September 14, 2007 and was distributed to shareholders on 
or about October 5, 2007. 

On May 31, 2007, the Board declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on 
our  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock,  payable  to  shareholders  of  record  as  of 
June 15, 2007 and was distributed to shareholders on July 5, 2007. 

In February 2007, we paid a $1.00 per share dividend on shares of our common stock. 
The record date for the dividend was February 13, 2007.  

In January 2007, our Board of Directors adopted a policy whereby we intend to pay a 
regular  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.25  per  share  on  our  outstanding  common  stock 
commencing with conclusion of our first fiscal quarter of 2008 (June 30, 2007) and 
continuing  each  fiscal  quarter  thereafter,  subject  to  further  Board  review  and 
approval  and  establishment  of  record  and  distribution  dates  by  our  Board  of 
Directors prior to the declaration of each such quarterly dividend.  We anticipate 
that future quarterly dividends, if and when declared by the Board pursuant to this 
policy,  would  likely  be  distributable  on  or  about  the  fifth  day  of  each  of  the 
months of October, January, April and July. 

In March 2006, we paid a $0.875 per share dividend on shares of our common stock. 
The  record  date  for  the  dividend  was  February  24,  2006.  The  dividend  per  share 
amount has been adjusted to reflect the stock split noted above.  

In  January  2006,  we  announced  that  our  Board  of  Directors  had  declared  a  2-for-1 
stock split with respect to our outstanding shares of common stock for shareholders 
of record on March 3, 2006.  The stock began trading post split on March 27, 2006.   

In March 2005, we paid a one-time dividend on shares of our common stock equal to 
$0.75  per  share.    The  record  date  for  the  dividend  was  February  24,  2005.    The 
dividend per share amount has been adjusted to reflect the stock split noted above.   

In February 2005, we announced that our Board of Directors declared a 2-for-1 stock 
split  with  respect  to  our  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock.    The  stock  split 
record date was March 4, 2005 and the stock began trading post split on March 28, 
2005.   

Payment of future dividends,  if any,  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board  after 
taking  into  account  various  factors,  including  without  limitation,  our  financial 
condition,  operating  results,  current  and  anticipated  cash  needs  and  plans  for 
expansion.     

Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the cumulative total returns of our common stock, the 
Total  Return  Index  for  The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market,  and  the  Nasdaq  Computer  &  Data 
Processing  Services  Stock  Index  over  the  five-year  period  ended  March  31,  2008 
assuming  $100  was  invested  on  March  31,  2003  with  all  dividends,  if  any, 
reinvested.        This  performance  graph  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  “soliciting 
material”  or  “filed”  for  purposes  of  Section 18  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or otherwise subject to the liabilities under 
that  Section  and  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Exchange 
Act.  

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Quality Systems, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index
And The NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index

$800

$700

$600

$500

$400

$300

$200

$100

$0

3/03

3/04

3/05

3/06

3/07

3/08

Quality Systems, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing

* $100 invested on 3/31/03 in stock or index-including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending March 31.

The  last  trade  price  of  our  common  stock  on  each  of  March  31,  2004,  2005,  2006, 
2007 and 2008 was published by Nasdaq and, accordingly for the periods ended March 
31, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 the  reported  last  trade  price  was  utilized  to 
compute the total cumulative return for our common stock for the respective periods 
then  ended.    Shareholder  returns  over  the  indicated  periods  should  not  be 
considered indicative of future stock prices or shareholder returns.  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

We  did  not  make  any  unregistered  sales  of  our  common  stock  during  the  fourth 
quarter of 2008. 

28

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The  following  selected  financial  data  with  respect  to  our  Consolidated  Statements 
of  Income  data  for  each  of  the  five  years  in  the  period  ended  March  31,  2008  and 
the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  data  as  of  the  end  of  each  such  fiscal  year  are 
derived from our audited financial statements. The following information should be 
read  in  conjunction  with  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the  related 
notes  thereto  and  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  included  elsewhere  herein.    All  share  prices 
in the table below have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the fiscal year 2006 
and 2005 stock splits.  

29

 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Data 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

                                   Year ended March 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

Statements of Income Data: 

Revenue............................ 

 $186,500 

 $157,165 

 $119,287  

 $88,961    $70,934 

Cost of revenue.................... 

62,501 

50,784 

Gross profit.......................  

123,999 

106,381 

39,828 

79,459 

32,669 

28,673 

56,292 

42,261 

Selling, general and administrative 
expenses...........................  

Research and development costs..... 

53,260 

11,350 

Income from operations.............  

59,389 

Interest income....................  

Other income....................... 

2,661 

953 

45,337 

10,166 

50,878 

3,306 
    -  

35,554 

8,087 

35,818 

2,108 
    -  

24,776 

19,482 

6,903 

6,139 

24,613 

16,640 

876 
   -  

386 
   -  

Income before provision for income 
taxes..............................  

Provision for income taxes......... 

63,003 

22,925 

54,184 

20,952 

37,926 

14,604 

25,489 

17,026 

9,380 

6,626 

Net income.........................    $ 40,078 

 $ 33,232 

 $ 23,322  

 $16,109    $10,400 

Basic net income per share.........    $   1.47 

 $   1.24 

 $   0.88  

 $  0.63    $  0.42 

Diluted net income per share.......  

Basic weighted average shares 
outstanding........................  

Diluted weighted average shares 
outstanding........................  

Balance Sheet Data (at end of 
period): 

 $   1.44 

 $   1.21 

 $   0.85  

 $  0.61    $  0.40 

27,298 

26,882 

26,413 

25,744 

24,872 

27,770 

27,550 

27,356 

26,406 

25,932 

Cash and cash equivalents..........    $ 59,046 

 $ 60,028 

 $ 57,255  

 $51,157    $51,395 

Working capital....................    $ 79,932 

 $ 76,616 

 $ 61,724  

 $55,111    $53,415 

Total assets....................... 

 $187,908 

 $150,681 

 $122,247  

 $99,442    $86,678 

Total liabilities..................    $ 74,203 

 $ 59,435 

 $ 49,838  

 $36,711    $25,673 

Total shareholders’ equity.........    $113,705 

 $ 91,246 

 $ 72,409  

 $62,731    $61,005 

30

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS 

Except  for  the  historical  information  contained  herein,  the  matters  discussed  in 
this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  including  discussions  of  our  product  development 
plans, business strategies and market factors influencing our results, may include 
forward-looking  statements  that  involve  certain  risks  and  uncertainties.  Actual 
results  may  differ  from  those  anticipated  by  us  as  a  result  of  various  factors, 
both  foreseen  and  unforeseen,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  our  ability  to 
continue  to  develop  new  products  and  increase  systems  sales  in  markets 
characterized by rapid technological evolution, consolidation, and competition from 
larger,  better  capitalized  competitors.  Many  other  economic,  competitive, 
governmental  and  technological  factors  could  affect  our  ability  to  achieve  our 
goals, and interested persons are urged to review the risks described in “Item 1A. 
Risk  Factors”  as  set  forth  above,  as  well  as  in  our  other  public  disclosures  and 
filings with the Commission. 

The  following  discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with,  and  is  qualified  in 
its  entirety  by,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes  thereto 
included  elsewhere  in  this  Report.  Historical  results  of  operations,  percentage 
margin  fluctuations  and  any  trends  that  may  be  inferred  from  the  discussion  below 
are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial statements and results of 
operations  is  based  upon  our  consolidated  financial  statements  which  have  been 
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States  of  America.    The  preparation  of  these  consolidated  financial  statements 
requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of 
assets,  liabilities,  revenue  and  expenses,  and  related  disclosures  of  contingent 
assets and liabilities.  On an on-going basis, we evaluate estimates, including but 
not  limited  to  those  related  to  revenue  recognition,  uncollectible  accounts 
receivable,  and  income  taxes  for  reasonableness.    We  base  our  estimates  on 
historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes to 
be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for 
making  judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  may  not 
be  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.    Actual  results  may  differ  from  these 
estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

We  believe  revenue  recognition,  valuation  of  marketable  securities,  the  allowance 
for  doubtful  accounts,  capitalized  software  costs,  share-based  compensation  and 
income  taxes  are  among  the  most  critical  accounting  policies  that  affect  our 
consolidated  financial  statements.      We  believe  that  significant  accounting 
policies, as described in Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary 
of  Significant  Accounting  Policies”,  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with 
Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations.   

Revenue  Recognition.    We  currently  recognize  revenue  pursuant  to  SOP  97-2,  as 
amended by SOP 98-9. We generate  revenue  from  the  sale  of  licensing  rights  to  use 
our software products sold directly to end-users and value-added resellers (VARs). 
We  also  generate  revenue  from  sales  of  hardware  and  third  party  software,  and 
implementation,  training,  software  customization,  EDI,  post-contract  support 
(“maintenance”)  and  other  services  performed  for  customers  who  license  our 
products.  

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A typical system contract contains multiple elements of the above items. SOP 97-2, 
as  amended,  requires  revenue  earned  on  software  arrangements  involving  multiple 
elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those 
elements.   The fair value of an element must be based on vendor specific objective 
evidence (VSOE).    We limit our assessment of VSOE for each element to either the 
price charged when the same element is sold separately (using a rolling average of 
stand  alone  transactions)  or  the  price  established  by  management  having  the 
relevant  authority  to  do  so,  for  an  element  not  yet  sold  separately.  VSOE 
calculations  are  updated  and  reviewed  at  the  end  of  each  quarter  or  annually 
depending on the nature of the product or service.   

When evidence of fair value exists for the delivered and undelivered elements of a 
transaction,  then  discounts  for  individual  elements  are  aggregated  and  the  total 
discount  is  allocated  to  the  individual  elements  in  proportion  to  the  elements’ 
fair value relative to the total contract fair value.  

When evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements only, the residual 
method, provided for under SOP 98-9, is used.   Under the residual method, we defer 
revenue related to the undelivered elements in a system sale based on VSOE of fair 
value  of  each  of  the  undelivered  elements,  and  allocate  the  remainder  of  the 
contract  price  net  of  all  discounts  to  revenue  recognized  from  the  delivered 
elements.    Undelivered  elements  of  a  system  sale  may  include  implementation  and 
training services, hardware and third party software, maintenance, future purchase 
discounts,  or  other  services.      If  VSOE  of  fair  value  of  any  undelivered  element 
does not exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of fair value of the undelivered 
element is established or the element has been delivered. 

We  bill  for  the  entire  contract  amount  upon  contract  execution  except  for 
maintenance  which  is  billed  separately.    Amounts  billed  in  excess  of  the  amounts 
contractually due are recorded in accounts receivable as advance billings.  Amounts 
are  contractually  due  when  services  are  performed  or  in  accordance  with 
contractually  specified  payment  dates.    Provided  the  fees  are  fixed  and 
determinable  and  collection  is  considered  probable,  revenue  from  licensing  rights 
and  sales  of  hardware  and  third  party  software  is  generally  recognized  upon 
shipment and transfer of title.  In certain transactions whose collections risk is 
high, the cash basis method is used to recognize revenue.  If the fee is not fixed 
or determinable, then the revenue recognized in each period (subject to application 
of  other  revenue  recognition  criteria)  will  be  the  lesser  of  the  aggregate  of 
amounts due and payable or the amount  of  the  arrangement  fee  that  would  have  been 
recognized if the fees were being recognized using the residual method. Fees which 
are  considered  fixed  or  determinable  at  the  inception  of  our  arrangements  must 
include the following characteristics: 

(cid:131)  The  fee  must  be  negotiated  at  the  outset  of  an  arrangement,  and  generally  be 
based on the specific volume  of  products  to be  delivered  without  being  subject 
to  change  based  on  variable  pricing  mechanisms  such  as  the  number  of  units 
copied or distributed or the expected number of users. 

(cid:131)  Payment terms must not be considered extended.  If a significant portion of the 
fee  is  due  more  than  12  months  after  delivery  or  after  the  expiration  of  the 
license, the fee is presumed not fixed and determinable. 

Revenue  from  implementation  and  training  services  is  recognized  as  the 
corresponding  services  are  performed.  Maintenance  revenue  is  recognized  ratably 
over the contractual maintenance period. 

Contract  accounting  is  applied  where  services  include  significant  software 
modification, development or customization. In such instances, the arrangement fee 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position No. 81-1 “Accounting for 
Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts” (SOP 81-1).  

Pursuant  to  SOP  81-1,  we  use  the  percentage  of  completion  method  provided  all  of 
the following conditions exist: 

•  The  contract  includes  provisions  that  clearly  specify  the  enforceable  rights 
regarding  goods  or  services  to  be  provided  and  received  by  the  parties,  the 
consideration to be exchanged, and the manner and terms of settlement; 
•  The customer can be expected to satisfy its obligations under the contract; 
•  We can be expected to perform our contractual obligations; and 
•  Reliable estimates of progress towards completion can be made. 

We  measure  completion  using  labor  input  hours.  Costs  of  providing  services, 
including  services  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  SOP  81-1,  are  expensed  as 
incurred. 

If  a  situation  occurs  in  which  a  contract  is  so  short  term  that  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  would  not  vary  materially  from  using  the  percentage-of-
completion method or in which we are unable to make reliable estimates of progress 
of completion of the contract, the completed contract method is utilized.   

Product returns are estimated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No. 48, “Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists” (SFAS 48).  The 
Company  also  ensures  that  the  other  criteria  in  SFAS 48  have  been  met  prior  to 
recognition of revenue:  

(cid:131)  The price is fixed or determinable;  
(cid:131)  The customer is obligated to pay and there are no contingencies surrounding the 

obligation or the payment;  

(cid:131)  The  customer’s  obligation  would  not  change  in  the  event  of  theft  or  damage  to 

the product;  

(cid:131)  The customer has economic substance;  
(cid:131)  The amount of returns can be reasonably estimated; and  
(cid:131)  We do not have significant obligations for future performance in order to bring 

about resale of the product by the customer. 

We  have  historically  offered  short-term  rights  of  return  of  less  than  30  days  in 
certain  sales  arrangements.  If  we  are  able  to  estimate  returns  for  these  types  of 
arrangements,  revenue  is  recognized  and  these  arrangements  are  recorded  in  the 
consolidated financial statements.  If we are unable to estimate returns for these 
types  of  arrangements,  revenue  is  not  recognized  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements until the rights of return expire.  

Revenue  related  to  sales  arrangements  which  include  the  right  to  use  software 
stored  on  the  Company’s  hardware  are  accounted  for  under  the  Emerging  Issues  Task 
Force  Issue  No.  00-3  “Application  of  AICPA  Statement  of  Position  97-2  to 
arrangements  that  include  the  right  to  use  software  stored  on  another  entity’s 
hardware”.    EITF  No.  00-3  requires  that  for  software  licenses  and  related 
implementation  services  to  continue  to  fall  under  SOP  No.  97-2,  the  customer  must 
have  the  contractual  right  to  take  possession  of  the  software  without  incurring  a 
significant  penalty  and  it  must  be  feasible  for  the  customer  to  either  host  the 
software  themselves  or  through  another  third  party.    If  an  arrangement  is  not 
deemed to be accounted for under SOP 97-2, the entire arrangement is accounted for 
as a service contract in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-21 “Revenue arrangements 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with  multiple  deliverables”.    In  that  instance,  the  entire  arrangement  would  be 
recognized as the hosting services are being performed. 

From time to time, we offer future purchase discounts on our products and services 
as part of our sales arrangements.  Pursuant to AICPA TPA 5100.51, discounts which 
are  incremental  to  the  range  of  discounts  reflected  in  the  pricing  of  the  other 
elements  of  the  arrangement,  which  are  incremental  to  the  range  of  discounts 
typically given in comparable transactions, and which are significant, are treated 
as an additional element of the contract to be deferred.  Amounts deferred related 
to  future  purchase  options  are  not  recognized  until  either  the  customer  exercises 
the discount offer or the offer expires. 

Revenue  is  divided  into  two  categories,  “system  sales”  and  “maintenance,  EDI  and 
other  services”.    Revenue  in  the  system  sales  category  includes  software  license 
fees,  third  party  hardware  and  software,  and  implementation  and  training  services 
related to purchase of the Company’s software systems.  The majority of the revenue 
in  the  system  sales  category  is  related  to  the  sale  of  software.    Revenue  in  the 
maintenance, EDI and other services category includes, maintenance, EDI, follow on 
training  and  implementation  services,  annual  third  party  license  fees  and  other 
revenue. 

Valuation  of  marketable  securities.    Marketable  securities  are  classified  as 
available-for-sale  and  accordingly  are  recorded  at  fair  value,  based  on  quoted 
market  rates  or  on  valuation  analysis  when  appropriate,  with  unrealized  gains  and 
losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders' equity titled accumulated 
other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  net  of  tax,  until  realized  or  until  a 
determination  is  made  that  an  other-than-temporary  decline  in  market  value  has 
occurred.  Factors  considered  in  assessing  whether  an  other-than-temporary 
impairment has occurred include: the nature of the investment; whether the decline 
in  fair  value  is  attributable  to  specific  adverse  conditions  affecting  the 
investment; the financial condition of the investee; the severity and the duration 
of  the  impairment;  and  whether  the  Company  has  the  ability  to  hold  the  investment 
to  maturity.  When  it  is  determined  that  an  other-than-temporary  impairment  has 
occurred,  the  investment  is  written  down  to  its  market  value  at  the  end  of  the 
period in which it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred. 
The  cost  of  marketable  securities  sold  is  based  upon  the  specific  identification 
method.    In  addition,  the  Company  classifies  marketable  securities  as  current  or 
non-current  based  upon  whether  such  assets  are  reasonably  expected  to  be  realized 
in  cash  or  sold  or  consumed  during  the  normal  operating  cycle  of  the  business. 
Realized  gains  or  losses  and  other-than-temporary  declines  in  the  fair  value  of 
marketable  securities  are  determined  on  a  specific  identification  basis  and 
reported in interest and other income, net, as incurred. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for 
estimated  losses  resulting  from  the  inability  of  our  customers  to  make  required 
payments.  We perform credit evaluations of our customers and maintain reserves for 
estimated  credit  losses.    Reserves  for  potential  credit  losses  are  determined  by 
establishing  both  specific  and  general  reserves.    Specific  reserves  are  based  on 
management’s  estimate  of  the  probability  of  collection  for  certain  troubled 
accounts.    General  reserves  are  established  based  on  our  historical  experience  of 
bad debt expense and the aging of our accounts receivable balances net of deferred 
revenue  and  specifically  reserved  accounts.    If  the  financial  condition  of  our 
customers  were  to  deteriorate  resulting  in  an  impairment  of  their  ability  to  make 
payments, additional allowances would be required.  

Software  Development  Costs.    Development  costs  incurred  in  the  research  and 
development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products 
are  expensed  as  incurred  until  technological  feasibility  has  been  established. 

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
After  technological  feasibility  is  established  with  the  completion  of  a  working 
model  of  the  enhancement  or  product,  any  additional  development  costs  are 
capitalized in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, 
“Accounting  for  the  Costs  of  Computer  Software  to  be  Sold,  Leased  or  Otherwise 
Marketed” (SFAS 86).  Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight line basis 
over  the  estimated  economic  life  of  the  related  product,  which  is  generally  three 
years.  We  perform  an  annual  review  of  the  recoverability  of  such  capitalized 
software  costs.  At  the  time  a  determination  is  made  that  capitalized  amounts  are 
not  recoverable  based  on  the  estimated  cash  flows  to  be  generated  from  the 
applicable software, any remaining capitalized amounts are written off. 

Share-Based  Compensation.    On  April  1,  2006,  we  adopted  Statement  of  Financial 
Accounting Standard No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123R) which requires the 
measurement  and  recognition  of  compensation  expense  for  all  share-based  payment 
awards  made  to  employees  and  directors  based  on  estimated  fair  values.    SFAS  123R 
supersedes  our  previous  accounting  under  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No. 
25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB 25).  SFAS 123R requires us to 
estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an 
option-pricing  model.    During  fiscal  year  2007  and  2008,  we  used  the  simplified 
method  for  estimating  expected  term  equal  to  the  midpoint  between  the  vesting 
period  and  the  contractual  term.    Prior  to  using  the  simplified  method,  we 
estimated  the  expected  term  of  an  option.    We  estimate  volatility  by  using  the 
weighted  average  historical  volatility  of  our  common  stock,  which  we  believe 
approximates  expected  volatility.    The  risk  free  rate  is  the  implied  yield 
available on the U.S Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms equal to the 
expected  term.    The  expected  dividend  yield  is  the  average  dividend  rate  during  a 
period  equal  to  the  expected  term  of  the  option.    Those  inputs  are  then  entered 
into the Black Scholes model  to  determine  the  estimated  fair  value.    The  value  of 
the portion of the award that is expected to vest is recognized as expense over the 
requisite service period in our consolidated statement of income.     

Research  and  Development  Tax  Credits.  Management’s  treatment  of  research  and 
development  tax  credits  represented  a  significant  estimate  which  affected  the 
effective  income  tax  rate  for  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  and 
2007.  Research  and  development  credits  taken  by  the  Company  involve  certain 
assumptions and judgments regarding qualified expenses under Internal Revenue Code 
Section  41.    These  credits  are  subject  to  examination  by  the  federal  and  state 
taxing authorities. 

During each of the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, we recognized approximately 
$0.8  million  in  credits  related  to  research  and  development.    The  Company  expects 
to capture this benefit on its tax returns. 

Qualified Production Activities Deduction. Management’s treatment of this deduction 
represented an estimate that affected the effective income tax rate for the Company 
for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2008  and  2007.    The  deduction  taken  by  the  Company 
involved  certain  assumptions  and  judgments  regarding  the  allocation  of  indirect 
expenses as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 199. 

During  the  years  ended  March  31,  2008  and  2007,  we  recognized  approximately  $3.1 
million  and  $1.5  million,  respectively,  in  deductions  related  to  the  qualified 
production activities deduction (QPAD) under Internal Revenue Code (IRS). The QPAD 
calculation  was  determined  using  interim  guidance  provided  by  proposed  IRS 
Regulations  and  Notices.  The  Company  expects  to  capture  this  benefit  on  its  tax 
returns. 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview of Our Results  

•  Total Company revenue increased 18.7% and income from operations grew 16.7% on a 
consolidated  basis  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008.    This  performance  was 
driven  by  growth  in  our  NextGen  Division,  offset  by  decreases  in  revenue  and 
operating income in our QSI Division and higher corporate expenses.     

•  The year over year growth in revenue and operating income for the company during 
the year ended March 31, 2008 trailed the growth rates achieved during the year 
ended  March  31,  2007  due  in  part  to  a  shift  in  revenue  mix  for  the  year,  with 
hardware  and  EDI  revenue  accounting  for  a  comparatively  higher  percentage  of 
revenue  and  system  sales  accounting  for  a  comparatively  lower  percentage  of 
revenue than the year prior.   

•  We  do  not believe  the  mix  changes  represent  a  change in  the  overall  purchasing 
environment.    We  have  benefited  and  hope  to  continue  to  benefit  from  the 
increased  demands  on  healthcare  providers  for  greater  efficiency  and  lower 
costs,  as  well  as  increased  adoption  rates  of  technology  in  the  healthcare 
arena. 

NextGen Division 

•  NextGen  Division  revenue  grew  21.3%  and  income  from  operations  increased  18.2% 

for the year ended March 31, 2008. 

•  The  Divisions’  year  over  year  growth  in  revenue  and  operating  income  for  the 
Company  during  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  trailed  the  growth  rates  achieved 
during the year ended March 31, 2007 due in part to a shift in the revenue mix 
for  the  year,  with  hardware  and  EDI  revenue  accounting  for  a  comparatively 
higher  percentage  of  revenue  and  new  systems  sales  accounting  for  a 
comparatively lower percentage of revenue than in the year prior. 

•  Divisional  headcount  additions  drove  selling,  general  and  administrative 
expenses to increase at a slightly faster pace than revenue as we added staffing 
resources  to  departments  including  sales,  marketing,  support,  software 
development,  and  administration  and  intend  to  do  so  in  fiscal  year  2009,  as 
business conditions and the hiring environment allow. 

•  Our  goals  include  continuing  to  further  enhance  our  existing  products, 
developing  new  products  for  targeted  markets,  continuing  to  add  new  customers, 
selling  additional  software  and  services  to  existing  customers  and  expanding 
penetration of connectivity services to new and existing customers. 

QSI Division 

• 

• 

QSI  Division  revenue  decreased  3.3%  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  and 
Divisional  operating  income  decreased  16.6%  (excluding  unallocated  corporate 
expenses) from the year ended March 31, 2007.  Divisional revenue and operating 
income  performance  for  the  Division,  while  below  fiscal  year  2007  levels,  were 
within the Division’s historical performance range.   
A  drop  in  annual  revenue,  slight  changes  in  the  Division’s  sales  mix  in  favor 
of lower margin hardware and EDI products, and additional compensation expenses 
related  to  the  passing  of  the  Division’s  lead  executive  were  the  chief 
contributors to the operating income decline. 

•  Our goals for the QSI Division include maximizing revenue and profit performance 

given the constraints present in the QSI Division’s target market. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  for  the  periods  indicated  the  percentage  of  net 
revenue represented by each item in our consolidated statements of income.  

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
(Unaudited) 

Revenues: 
  Software, hardware and supplies.........   
  Implementation and training services....   
System sales..............................   

Maintenance............................... 
  Electronic data interchange services....   
  Other services..........................   
Maintenance, EDI and other services.......   

Year Ended March 31, 
2007 

2008 

2006 

40.9% 

  7.2 
 48.1 

 30.3 
 12.0 
  9.6 
 51.9 

43.8% 

46.0% 

  7.8 
 51.6 

 26.7 
 10.8 
 10.9 
 48.4 

  9.5 
 55.5 

 26.1 
 11.1 
  7.3 
 44.5 

   Total revenue..........................   

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

Cost of revenue: 
  Software, hardware and supplies.........   
  Implementation and training services....   
Total cost of system sales................   

Maintenance............................... 
  Electronic data interchange services....   
  Other services..........................   
Total cost of maintenance, EDI and other 
services.................................. 

  5.8 
  5.5 
 11.3 

  6.7 
  8.5 
  7.0 

  5.4 
  5.5 
 10.9 

  7.5 
  7.7 
  6.2 

  6.8 
  6.8 
 13.6 

  9.2 
  7.2 
  3.4 

 22.2 

 21.4 

 19.8 

   Total cost of revenue..................   

 33.5 

 32.3 

 33.4 

   Gross profit...........................   

 66.5 

 67.7 

 66.6 

   Selling, general and administrative....   
   Research and development...............   

 28.6 
  6.1 

 28.8 
  6.5 

 29.8 
  6.8 

   Income from operations.................   

 31.8 

 32.4 

 30.0 

Interest income...........................   
Other income..............................   

Income before provision for income taxes..   
Provision for income taxes................   

  1.4 
  0.5 

 33.7 
 12.3 

  2.1 
  0.0 

 34.5 
 13.3 

  1.8 
  0.0 

 31.8 
 12.2 

   Net income.............................   

21.4% 

21.1%* 

19.6% 

* does not foot due to rounding 

37

  
 
  
  
    
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007 
For  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008,  our  net  income  was  $40.1  million  or  $1.47  per 
share on a basic and $1.44 per share on a fully diluted basis.  In comparison, we 
earned $33.2 million or $1.24 per share on a basic and $1.21 per share on a fully 
diluted basis in the year ended March 31, 2007.  The increase in net income for the 
year ended March 31, 2008 was achieved primarily through the following: 
•  a 18.7% increase in consolidated revenue;  
•  a  21.3%  increase  in  NextGen  Division  revenue  which  accounted  for  91.4%  of 

• 

consolidated revenue; and 
approximately  $1.0  million  gain  on  life  insurance  proceeds  the  Company 
recorded,  which  was  offset  by  additional  compensation  expense  of  approximately 
$0.2  million.    The  additional  compensation  expense  was  recorded  in  Selling, 
General and Administrative Expenses and the insurance proceeds were recorded as 
Other Income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.  

The above increases to net income were  offset  by  a  decline  in  gross  profit  margin 
resulting from a greater proportion of revenue being derived from hardware and EDI 
revenue  which  have  relatively  lower  gross  margin  percentages.    The  gross  profit 
margin declined to 66.5% in the year ended March 31, 2008 versus 67.7% in the prior 
year period. 

Revenue.    Revenue  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  increased  18.7%  to  $186.5 
million  from  $157.2  million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007.    Revenue  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2007 increased 31.8% to $157.2 million from $119.3 million for 
the year ended March 31, 2006. NextGen Division revenue increased 21.3% from $140.6 
million  to  approximately  $170.5  million  in  the  period  ended  March  31,  2008,  while 
QSI Division revenue decreased by 3.3% during that same period, from $16.6 million 
to $16.0 million. 

We  divide  revenue  into  two  categories,  “system  sales”  and  “maintenance,  EDI  and 
other  services”.    Revenue  in  the  system  sales  category  includes  software  license 
fees,  third  party  hardware  and  software,  and  implementation  and  training  services 
related to purchase of the Company’s software systems.  The majority of the revenue 
in  the  system  sales  category  is  related  to  the  sale  of  software.    Revenue  in  the 
maintenance, EDI and other services category includes, maintenance, EDI, follow-on 
training  and  implementation  services,  annual  third  party  license  fees  and  other 
revenue.    Maintenance  revenue  includes  amounts  initially  deferred  in  conjunction 
with new customer arrangements and subsequently amortized and billings to existing 
customers.   

System  Sales.    Company-wide  sales  of  systems  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008 
increased 10.8% to $89.8 million from $81.0 million in the prior year.   

Our increase in revenue from sales of systems was principally the result of a 12.2% 
increase  in  category  revenue  at  our  NextGen  Division  whose  sales  in  this  category 
grew  from  $77.7  million  during  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007  to  $87.1  million 
during the year ended March 31, 2008.  This increase was driven primarily by higher 
sales of NextGenemr and NextGenepm software to both new and existing clients, as well 
as  an  increase  in  the  delivery  of  related  implementation  services  offset  by  a 
decline in the sale of related hardware, third party software and supplies.  

Systems  sales  revenue  in  the  QSI  Division  decreased  to  approximately  $2.6  million 
in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  from  $3.4  million  in  the  year  ended  March  31, 
2007.    

38

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, 
third party software, supplies, and implementation and training services components 
by division:  

Hardware, 
Third Party 
Software and 
Supplies 

Implementation 
and Training 
Services 

Total 
System 
Sales 

Software 

Year ended March 31, 2008 

QSI Division.............. 

 $      360   $       1,134 

 $      1,154    $    2,648 

NextGen Division.......... 

69,276 

5,593 

12,252 

87,121 

Consolidated.............. 

 $   69,636   $       6,727 

 $     13,406    $   89,769 

Year ended March 31, 2007 

QSI Division.............. 

 $      355   $       2,356 

 $        655    $    3,366 

NextGen Division.......... 

62,957           3,203 

11,522 

77,682 

Consolidated.............. 

 $   63,312   $       5,559 

 $     12,177    $   81,048 

NextGen Division software revenue increased 10.0% between the year ended March 31, 
2007 and the year ended March 31, 2008.  The Division’s software revenue accounted 
for 79.5% of Divisional system sales revenue during the year ended March 31, 2008, 
a decrease from 81.0% in the prior year period.   

Sales of additional licenses to existing customers grew to $31.3 million during the 
year  ended  March  31,  2008  compared  to  $23.3  million  during  the  prior  year  as  an 
increasing  number  of  customers  who  expanded  their  use  of  our  software  in  their 
practices and purchased additional licenses.   

During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008,  6.4%  of  the  NextGen  Division’s  system  sales 
revenue  was  represented  by  hardware  and  third  party  software  compared  to  4.1%  in 
the  prior  year.    The  number  of  customers  who  purchase  hardware  and  third  party 
software  and  the  dollar  amount  of  hardware  and  third  party  software  revenue 
fluctuates  each  quarter  and  year  depending  on  the  needs  of  customers.    The 
inclusion of hardware and third party software in the Division’s sales arrangements 
is typically at the request of the customer and is not a priority focus for us. 

Implementation  and  training  revenue  at  the  NextGen  Division  increased  6.3%  in  the 
year ended March 31, 2008 compared to the year ended March 31, 2007.  The growth in 
implementation  and  training  revenue  is  the  result  of  increases  in  the  amount  of 
implementation and training services rendered to our new customers.  Implementation 
and  training  revenue  at  the  NextGen  Division  decreased  its  share  of  Divisional 
system  sales  revenue  to  14.0%  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  from  14.8%  in  the 
year  ended  March  31,  2007.    The  amount  of  implementation  and  training  services 
revenue  in  any  given  quarter  is  dependent  on  several  factors,  including  timing  of 
customer  implementations,  the  availability  of  qualified  staff,  and  the  mix  of 
services being rendered.  The number of implementation and training staff increased 
during  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  versus  2007  in  order  to  accommodate  the 
increased  amount  of  implementation  services  sold  in  conjunction  with  increased 
software  sales.    In  order  to  achieve  growth  in  this  area,  additional  staffing 
increases and additional training facilities are anticipated, though actual future 
increases  in  revenue  and  staff  will  depend  upon  the  availability  of  qualified 
staff,  business  mix  and  conditions,  and  our  ability  to  retain  current  staff 
members. 

39

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
The  NextGen  Division’s  growth  has  come  in  part  from  investments  in  sales  and 
marketing activities including  hiring  additional  sales  representatives,  trade  show 
attendance,  and  advertising  expenditures.    We  have  also  benefited  from  winning 
numerous  industry  awards  for  the  NextGen  Division’s  flagship  NextGenemr  and 
NextGenepm  software  products  and  the  apparent  increasing  acceptance  of  electronic 
medical records technology in the healthcare industry.   

For the QSI Division, total system sales decreased by approximately $0.7 million in 
the year ended March 31, 2008 compared to the year ended March 31, 2007.  We do not 
presently  foresee  any  material  changes  in  the  business  environment  for  the  QSI 
Division with respect to the constrained environment that has been in place for the 
past several years.   

Maintenance, EDI and Other.  Company-wide revenue from maintenance, EDI, and other 
services grew 27.1% to $96.7  million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  from  $76.1 
million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007.  The  increase  in  this  category  resulted 
principally  from  an  increase  in  maintenance,  EDI  and  other  revenue  generated  from 
the NextGen Division’s client base.  Total NextGen Division maintenance revenue for 
the year ended March 31, 2008 grew 41.3% to $49.3 million from $34.9 million in the 
prior year, while EDI revenue grew 42.9% to $17.9 million for the year ended March 
31,  2008  compared  to  $12.5  million  in  the  prior  year.      Other  revenue  for  the 
NextGen  Division,  which  consists  primarily  of  third  party  license  renewals,  time 
and  materials  billings,  travel  reimbursements,  and  other  services  grew  4.4%  to 
$16.2  million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  compared  to  $15.5  million  a  year 
ago.  QSI Division maintenance revenue increased 1.5% to $7.2 million for the year 
ended  March  31,  2007  compared  to  $7.1  million  in  the  prior  year  while  divisional 
EDI  revenue  increased  by  approximately  1.0%  to  $4.6  million  for  the  year  ended 
March 31, 2008 compared to $4.5 million in the prior year.  Other revenue for the 
QSI Division was essentially  flat  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  compared  to  a 
year ago. 

The following table details maintenance, EDI and other revenue by category for the 
years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007: 

Year ended March 31, 2008 

Maintenance 

EDI 

Other 

Total 

QSI Division.............. 

 $     7,186     $     4,564     $     1,639       $    13,389 

NextGen Division.......... 

49,269   

17,886   

16,187    

83,342 

Consolidated.............. 

 $    56,455     $    22,450     $    17,826       $    96,731 

Year ended March 31, 2007 

QSI Division.............. 

 $     7,081     $     4,529     $     1,615       $    13,225 

NextGen Division.......... 

34,867          12,520   

15,505    

62,892 

Consolidated.............. 

 $    41,948     $    17,049     $    17,120       $    76,117 

The  following  table  provides  the  number  of  billing  sites  which  were  receiving 
maintenance services as of the last  business day  of  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008 
and  2007  respectively,  as  well  as  the  number  of  billing  sites  receiving  EDI 
services  during  the  last  month  of  each  respective  period  at  each  division  of  our 
company.  The table presents summary information only and includes billing entities 

40

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
     
  
    
    
     
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
added and removed for any reason.  Note also that a single client may include one 
or multiple billing sites. 

NextGen 

QSI  

Consolidated 

Maintenance   

EDI 

  Maintenance   

EDI 

   Maintenance    

EDI 

March 31, 2007 

   982 

Billing 
added......... 

sites 

Billing 
remove........ 

sites 

   194 

769 

289 

   257 

     9 

173 

 29 

 1,239 

   942 

   203 

   318 

      (47) 

(65) 

   (15) 

(37) 

   (62) 

 (102) 

March 31, 2008 

 1,129 

 993 

   251 

165 

 1,380 

 1,158 

Cost of revenue.  Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2008 increased 23.1% 
to  $62.5  million  from  $50.8  million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007,  while  the 
cost of revenue as a percentage of net revenue increased to 33.5% from 32.3%.  Our 
consolidated gross profit is affected by the level of hardware content included in 
system  sales,  the  percentage  of  EDI  revenue  in  our  overall  sales  mix,  and  certain 
headcount  expenses  directly  related  to  the  cost  of  delivering  our  products  and 
services.  Consolidated  gross  profit  for  fiscal  year  2008  was  impacted  by  the 
decline  in  gross  profit  percentage  at  the  NextGen  Division,  offset  by  a  slight 
increase in gross profit percentage at the QSI Division.  

The  following  table  details  revenue  and  cost  of  revenue  on  a  consolidated  and 
divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007: 

2008 

% 

2007 

% 

Year Ended March 31, 

QSI Division 

Revenue................ 

 $ 16,037 

Cost of revenue........ 

7,545 

Gross profit........... 

 $  8,492 

NextGen Division 

Revenue................ 

 $170,463 

Cost of revenue........ 

54,956 

Gross profit........... 

 $115,507 

Consolidated 

Revenue................ 

 $186,500 

Cost of revenue........ 

62,501 

Gross profit........... 

 $123,999 

100.0% 

47.0% 

53.0% 

100.0% 

32.2% 

67.8% 

100.0% 

33.5% 

66.5% 

 $ 16,589  

7,847 

 $  8,742  

 $140,576  

42,937 

 $ 97,639  

 $157,165  

50,784 

 $106,381  

100.0% 

47.3% 

52.7% 

100.0% 

30.5% 

69.5% 

100.0% 

32.3% 

67.7% 

Gross  profit  margins  at  the  NextGen  Division  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008 
decreased  to  67.8%  from  69.5%  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  the  proportionate 
level of hardware and third  party software  content  included  in  revenue.      The  QSI 
Division’s  gross  profit  margin  increased  to  53.0%  from  52.7%  between  the  years 

41

 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 primarily due to a decrease in the level of hardware 
and third party software content included in revenue.      

The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross 
profit as a percentage of total revenue for our company and our two divisions: 

Hardware, 
Third 
Party 

Software    

Payroll 
and 
related 
Benefits   

Year  ended  March  31, 
2008 

QSI Division........... 

NextGen Division....... 

Consolidated........... 

Year  ended  March  31, 
2007 
QSI Division........... 

NextGen Division....... 

Consolidated........... 

8.0% 

3.8% 

4.2% 

10.0% 

3.1% 

3.8% 

19.1% 

11.2% 

11.8% 

17.3% 

11.9% 

12.4% 

Other 

20.0% 

17.3% 

Total 
Cost of 
Revenue    

Gross 
Profit 

47.0% 

32.2% 

53.0% 

67.8% 

17.5% 

33.5% 

66.5% 

20.0% 

15.5% 

16.1% 

47.3% 

30.5% 

32.3% 

52.7% 

69.5% 

67.7% 

During the year ended March 31, 2008, hardware and third party software constituted 
a larger portion of consolidated cost of revenue compared to the prior year period.  
The  number  of  customers  who  purchase  hardware  and  third  party  software  and  the 
dollar  amount  of  hardware  and  third  party  software  purchased  fluctuates  each 
quarter depending on the needs of the customers and is not a priority focus for us. 

Our  payroll  and  benefits  expense  associated  with  delivering  our  products  and 
services  decreased  to  11.8%  of  consolidated  revenue  for  the  year  ended  March  31, 
2008  compared  to  12.4%  during  the  prior  year  ended  March  31,  2007.    The  absolute 
level  of  consolidated  payroll  and  benefit  expenses  grew  from  $19.6  million  in  the 
year  ended  March  31,  2007  to  $22.1  million  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008,  an 
increase  of  13%  or  $2.5  million,  primarily  due  to  additions  to  related  headcount, 
payroll  and  benefits  expense  associated  with  delivering  products  and  services  in 
the  NextGen  Division.    Payroll  and  benefits  expense  associated  with  delivering 
products  and  services  in  the  QSI  Division  increased  on  a  percentage  of  revenue 
basis.    The  application  of  SFAS  123R  in  fiscal  year  2008  and  2007  added 
approximately $0.5 million in compensation to consolidated cost of revenue in both 
fiscal years. 

We  anticipate  continued  additions  to  headcount  in  the  NextGen  Division  in  areas 
related  to  delivering  products  and  services  in  future  periods,  but  due  to  the 
uncertainties  in  the  timing  of  our  sales  arrangements,  our  sales  mix,  the 
acquisition  and  training  of  qualified  personnel,  and  other  issues,  we  cannot 
accurately  predict  if  related  headcount  expense  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  will 
increase or decrease in the future.   

We do not currently intend to make any significant changes to related headcount at 
the QSI Division. 

“Other”,  which  consists  of  outside  service  costs,  amortization  of  software 
development  costs,  hosting  service  costs  and  other  service  costs,  increased  to 

42

 
 
  
 
  
    
    
    
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
17.5%  of  revenue  during  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  from  16.1%  during  the  year 
ended March 31, 2007.   

Should  the  NextGen  Division  continue  to  represent  a  major  and  or  increasing  share 
of  our  revenue,  our  consolidated  gross  margin  percentages  should  move  in  concert 
with those of the NextGen Division.    

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative 
expenses  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  increased  17.5%  to  $53.3  million  as 
compared to $45.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2007.  The increase in the 
amount  of  such  expenses  resulted  primarily  from  increases  of  $3.6  million  in 
salaries,  commissions,  and  related  benefits  in  the  NextGen  Division,  $1.7  million 
in selling related expenses in the NextGen Division, $1.0 million in travel related 
costs  in  the  NextGen  Division,  $0.8  million  in  other  general  expenses  in  the 
NextGen  Division  and  $0.9  million  in  increased  corporate  related  expenses.    The 
increase  in  corporate  expenses  was  primarily  composed  of  salaries  and  related 
benefits.  Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue 
decreased  from  28.9%  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007  to  28.6%  in  the  year  ended 
March  31,  2008  due  in  to  the  fact  that  revenue  grew  faster  than  selling,  general 
and administrative expense for the Company. 

The application of SFAS 123R in fiscal year 2008 and 2007 added approximately $2.5 
million in compensation expense to consolidated selling, general and administrative 
expenses and is included in the aforementioned amounts.   

We  anticipate  increased  expenditures  for  trade  shows,  advertising  and  the 
employment of additional sales and administrative staff at the NextGen Division. We 
also  anticipate  future  increases  in  corporate  expenditures  being  made  in  areas 
including  but  not  limited  to  staffing  and  professional  services.    While  we  expect 
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  to  increase  on  an  absolute  basis,  we 
cannot  accurately  predict  the  impact  these  additional  expenditures  will  have  on 
selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue.   

Research and Development Costs.  Research and development costs for the years ended 
March  31,  2008  and  2007  were  $11.4  million  and  $10.2  million,  respectively.    The 
increase  in  research  and  development  costs  was  primarily  due  to  increased 
investment in the NextGen product line.  Additionally, the application of SFAS 123R 
in  fiscal  year  2008  and  2007  added  approximately  $0.8  million  in  both  periods,  in 
compensation  expense  to  research  and  development  costs  net  of  amounts  capitalized 
as  software  development  in  those  fiscal  years.    Additions  to  capitalized  software 
costs  offset  research  and  development  costs.    For  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008, 
$6.0  million  was  added  to  capitalized  software  costs  while  $5.0  million  was 
capitalized  during  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007.    Research  and  development  costs 
as a percentage of net revenue decreased to 6.1% in the year ended March 31, 2008 
from  6.5%  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007  primarily  due  to  revenue  growing  at  a 
faster  rate  than  the  increase  in  research  and  development  costs.    Research  and 
development costs are expected to continue at or above current levels. 

Interest  Income.    Interest  income  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  decreased  to 
$2.7  million  compared  to  $3.3  million  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007.  Interest 
income  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  decreased  primarily  due  to  (i)  a  greater 
proportion  of  funds  invested  in  tax  favored  auction  rate  securities  which  offer 
lower interest rates but higher after-tax yields compared to money market or short 
term U.S. Treasuries, and (ii) comparatively lower short term interest rates in the 
year ended March 31, 2008 versus 2007.   

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  investment  policy  is  determined  by  our  Board  of  Directors.    We  currently 
maintain  our  cash  in  very  liquid  short  term  assets  including  money  market  funds, 
30-60 day treasury bills as well as auction rate securities (ARS).   

Other  Income.    Other  income  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  was  approximately 
$1.0  million.    There  was  no  Other  income  recorded  for  the  year  ended  March  31, 
2007.    The  Company  recorded  a  gain  on  life  insurance  proceeds  as  a  result  of  the 
passing  of  Gregory  Flynn,  Executive  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of  the 
Company’s  QSI  Division.    Mr.  Flynn  participated  in  the  Company’s  deferred 
compensation  plan  which  is  funded  through  the  purchase  of  life  insurance  policies 
with the Company named as beneficiary.   

Provision  for  Income  Taxes.     The  provision  for  income  taxes  for  the  year  ended 
March  31,  2008  was  approximately  $22.9  million  as  compared  to  approximately  $21.0 
million for the prior year.  The  effective  tax  rates  for  fiscal  2008  and  2007  were 
36.4%  and  38.7%,  respectively.  The  provision  for  income  taxes  for  the  years  ended 
March 31, 2008 and 2007 differs from the combined statutory rates primarily due to 
the impact of varying state income tax rates, research and development tax credits, 
the  qualified  production  activities  deduction,  and  exclusions  for  company-owned 
life insurance proceeds and tax-exempt interest income. The effective rate for the 
year  ended  March  31,  2008  also  includes  an  increase  in  benefit  from  the  qualified 
production  activities  deduction,  which  was  mostly  offset  by  non-deductible  option 
expense related to incentive stock options.  

During the year ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, we claimed research and development 
tax  credits  of  approximately  $0.8  million  in  both  years.  The  Company  also  claimed 
the  qualified  production  activities  deduction  under  Section  199  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code, of approximately $3.1 million and $1.5 million during the years ended 
March  31,  2008  and  2007,  respectively.  Research  and  development  credits  and  the 
qualified  production  activities  income  deduction  taken  by  us  involve  certain 
assumptions  and  judgments  regarding  qualification  of  expenses  under  the  relevant 
tax code provision. 

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006 

For  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007,  our  net  income  was  $33.2  million  or  $1.24  per 
share on a basic and $1.21 per share on a fully diluted basis.  In comparison, we 
earned  $23.3  million  or  $0.88  per  share  on  a  basic  and  $0.85  on  a  fully  diluted 
basis  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2006.    The  increase  in  net  income  for  the  year 
ended March 31, 2007 was achieved primarily through the following: 
•  a 31.8% increase in consolidated revenue;  
•  a  35.5%  increase  in  NextGen  Division  revenue  which  accounted  for  89.4%  of 

consolidated revenue; and 

•  an increase in our consolidated gross profit margin from 66.6% to 67.7%. 

Revenue.    Revenue  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007  increased  31.8%  to  $157.2 
million  from  $119.3  million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2006.  NextGen  Division 
revenue increased 35.5% from $103.7 million to approximately $140.6 million in the 
period,  while  QSI  Division  revenue  increased  by  6.7%  during  the  period  from  $15.5 
million to $16.6 million.   

Revenue  is  divided  into  two  categories,  “system  sales”  and  “maintenance,  EDI  and 
other  services”.    Revenue  in  the  system  sales  category  includes  software  license 
fees,  third  party  hardware  and  software,  and  implementation  and  training  services 
related to purchase of the Company’s software systems.  The majority of the revenue 
in  the  system  sales  category  is  related  to  the  sale  of  software.    Revenue  in  the 
maintenance, EDI and other services category includes, maintenance, EDI, follow on 

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
training  and  implementation  services,  annual  third  party  license  fees  and  other 
revenue.   

System  Sales.    Company-wide  sales  of  systems  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007 
increased 22.4% to $81.0 million from $66.2 million in the prior year.   

Our increase in revenue from sales of systems was principally the result of a 21.7% 
increase  in  category  revenue  at  our  NextGen  Division  whose  sales  in  this  category 
grew  from  $63.8  million  during  the  year  ended  March  31,  2006  to  $77.7  million 
during the year ended March 31, 2007.  This increase was driven primarily by higher 
sales of NextGenemr and NextGenepm software to both new and existing clients, as well 
as  an  increase  in  the  delivery  of  related  implementation  services  offset  by  a 
decline in the sale of related hardware, third party software and supplies.   

Systems  sales  revenue  in  the  QSI  Division  increased  to  approximately  $3.4  million 
in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007  from  $2.4  million  in  the  year  ended  March  31, 
2006.    

45

 
 
 
 
The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, 
third party software, supplies, and implementation and training services components 
by division:  

Software 

Year ended 
  March 31, 2007 
QSI Division ........... $    355 
NextGen Division .......   62,957 
Consolidated ........... $ 63,312 

Year ended 
  March 31, 2006 
QSI Division ........... $    984 
NextGen Division .......   48,847 
Consolidated ........... $ 49,831 

Hardware, 
Third Party 
Software and 
Supplies 

Implementation 
and Training 
Services 

Total 
System Sales 

  $   2,356 
      3,203 
  $   5,559 

  $       655 
       11,522 
  $    12,177 

  $   3,366 
     77,682 
  $  81,048 

  $   1,013 
      4,094 
  $   5,107 

  $       411 
       10,882 
  $    11,293 

  $   2,408 
     63,823 
  $  66,231 

NextGen Division software revenue increased 28.9% between the year ended March 31, 
2006 and the year ended March 31, 2007.  The Division’s software revenue accounted 
for 81.0% of divisional system sales revenue during the year ended March 31, 2007, 
an increase from 76.5% in the prior year period.   

Sales of additional licenses to existing customers grew to $23.3 million during the 
year  ended  March  31,  2007  compared  to  $9.7  million  during  the  prior  year  as  a 
result of both an increasing number of customers who are expanding their use of our 
software  in  their  practices  and  are  purchasing  additional  licenses.    Software 
revenue  from  VARs  totaled  approximately  $13.6  million  during  the  year  ended  March 
31, 2007 compared to $7.0 million in the prior year.  The increase in VAR revenue 
was affected in part by revenue from sales to Siemens Medical Solutions. 

The increase in software’s share of systems sales was not the result of any change 
in  emphasis  on  our  part  relative  to  software  sales.    Software  license  revenue 
growth  continues  to  be  an  area  of  primary  emphasis  for  the  NextGen  Division  and 
management was pleased with the NextGen Division’s performance in this area.   

During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007,  4.1%  of  the  NextGen  Division’s  system  sales 
revenue  was  represented  by  hardware  and  third  party  software  compared  to  6.4%  in 
the prior year.  We have noted  that the  last  several  quarters’  and  years’  results 
have  generally  included  a  relatively  lower  amount  of  hardware  and  third  party 
software compared to prior years.  However, this decrease is not the result of any 
change in emphasis on our part.  The number of customers who purchase hardware and 
third  party  software  and  the  dollar  amount  of  hardware  and  third  party  software 
revenue  fluctuates  each  year  depending  on  the  needs  of  customers.      The  inclusion 
of  hardware  and  third  party  software  in  the  NextGen  Division’s  sales  arrangements 
is typically at the request of the customer and is not a priority focus for us. 

Implementation  and  training  revenue  at  the  NextGen  Division  increased  5.9%  in  the 
year ended March 31, 2007 compared to the year ended March 31, 2006.  The growth in 
implementation  and  training  revenue  is  the  result  of  increases  in  the  amount  of 
implementation and training services rendered to our new customers.  Implementation 
and  training  revenue  at  the  NextGen  Division  decreased  its  share  of  Divisional 
system sales revenue to 14.8% in the twelve months ended March 31, 2007 from 17.0% 
in  the  twelve  months  ended  March  31,  2006.    The  amount  of  implementation  and 
training services revenue and the corresponding rate of growth compared to a prior 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
period  in  any  given  year  is  dependent  on  several  factors  including  timing  of 
customer  implementations,  the  availability  of  qualified  staff,  and  the  mix  of 
services  being  rendered.          In  order  to  achieve  continued  increased  revenue  in 
this  area,  additional  staffing  increases  are  anticipated,  though  actual  future 
increases  in  revenue  and  staff  will  depend  upon  the  availability  of  qualified 
staff,  business  mix  and  conditions,  and  our  ability  to  retain  current  staff 
members.  
The  NextGen  Division’s  growth  has  come  in  part  from  investments  in  sales  and 
marketing activities, including hiring additional sales representatives, trade show 
attendance,  and  advertising  expenditures.    We  have  also  benefited  from  winning 
numerous  industry  awards  for  the  NextGen  Division’s  flagship  NextGenemr  and 
NextGenepm  software  products  in  fiscal  years  2007  and  2006,  as  well  as  in  prior 
years,  and  the  apparent  increasing  acceptance  of  electronic  medical  records 
technology in the healthcare industry.   

For the QSI Division, total system sales increased by approximately $1.0 million in 
the  year  ended  March  31,  2007  compared  to  the  year  ended  March  31,  2006  due 
primarily  to  increases  in  hardware,  third  party  software  and  implementation 
revenue.    We  do  not  presently  foresee  any  material  changes  in  the  business 
environment  for  the  QSI  Division  with  respect  to  the  constrained  environment  that 
has been in place for the past several years.   

Maintenance, EDI and Other.  Company-wide revenue from maintenance, EDI, and other 
services grew 43.5% to $76.1  million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007  from  $53.1 
million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2006.  The  increase  in  this  category  resulted 
principally  from  an  increase  in  maintenance,  EDI  and  Other  revenue  generated  from 
the NextGen Division’s client base.  Total NextGen Division maintenance revenue for 
the year ended March 31, 2007 grew 44.2% to $34.9 million from $24.2 million in the 
prior year, while EDI revenue grew 45.9% to $12.5 million for the year ended March 
31,  2007  compared  to  $8.6  million  in  the  prior  year.      Other  revenue  for  the 
NextGen  Division,  which  consists  primarily  of  third  party  license  renewals,  time 
and  materials  billings,  travel  reimbursements,  and  other  revenue  grew  116.8%  to 
$15.5  million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007  compared  to  $7.2  million  a  year 
ago.  The increase was due primarily to purchases of additional training and other 
services by existing NextGen customers.  QSI Division maintenance revenue increased 
2.0% to $7.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2007 compared to $6.9 million in 
the prior year while divisional EDI revenue declined by approximately 3.1% to $4.5 
million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007  compared  to  $4.7  million  in  the  prior 
year.    Other  revenue  for  the  QSI  Division  grew  6.0%  to  $1.6  million  for  the  year 
ended March 31, 2007 compared to $1.5 million a year ago. 

The following table details maintenance, EDI and other revenue by category for the 
years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006: 

Maintenance 

EDI 

Other 

Total 

Year ended 
  March 31, 2007 
QSI Division ........... $   7,081 
NextGen Division .......    34,867 
Consolidated ........... $  41,948 

Year ended 
  March 31, 2006 
QSI Division ........... $   6,939 
NextGen Division .......    24,185 
Consolidated ........... $  31,124 

  $    4,529     $     1,615 
       15,505 
      12,520 
  $    17,120 
  $   17,049 

  $  13,225 
     62,892 
  $  76,117  

  $    4,673     $     1,524 
        7,152 
       8,583 
  $     8,676 
  $   13,256 

  $  13,136 
     39,920 
  $  53,056  

The  following  table  provides  the  number  of  billing  sites  which  were  receiving 
maintenance services as of the last  business day  of  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
and  2006  respectively,  as  well  as  the  number  of  billing  sites  receiving  EDI 
services  during  the  last  month  of  each  respective  period  at  each  division  of  our 
company.  The table presents summary information only and includes billing entities 
added and removed for any reason.  Note also that a single client may include one 
or multiple billing sites. 

NextGen 

Maintenance 

EDI 

QSI 
Maintenance 

EDI 

Maintenance 

EDI 

Consolidated 

March 31, 2006 
Billing sites 
added 
Billing sites 
removed 
March 31, 2007 

       831 

567 

        275 

 189 

        1,106 

 756 

       178 

232 

        4 

  11 

        182 

 243 

       (27) 
       982 

(30) 
769 

      (22) 

        257 

  (27) 
 173 

        (49) 

        1,239 

  (57) 
 942 

Cost of revenue.  Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2007 increased 27.5% 
to  $50.8  million  from  $39.8  million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2006,  while  the 
cost of revenue as a percentage of net revenue declined to 32.3% from 33.4%.  Our 
consolidated gross profit is affected by the level of hardware content included in 
system  sales,  the  percentage  of  EDI  revenue  in  our  overall  sales  mix,  and  certain 
headcount  expenses  directly  related  to  the  cost  of  delivering  our  products  and 
services. Consolidated gross profit is also affected by the higher margin revenues 
of  the  NextGen  Division,  which  increased  its  share  of  total  Company  revenue  to 
89.4% from 87.0% in the prior year.  

The  following  table  details  revenue  and  cost  of  revenue  on  a  consolidated  and 
divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006: 

2007 

Year ended March 31, 
2006 

% 

% 

QSI Division 
Revenue..........  $     16,589 
Cost of revenue..         7,847 
Gross profit.....  $      8,742 

NextGen Division 
Revenue..........  $    140,576 
Cost of revenue..        42,937 
Gross profit.....  $     97,639 

Consolidated 
Revenue..........  $    157,165 
Cost of revenue..        50,784 
Gross profit.....  $    106,381 

       100.0%    $     15,544         100.0% 
        47.3 
        52.7%    $      7,779          50.0% 

         7,765          50.0 

       100.0%    $    103,743         100.0% 
        30.5 
        69.5%    $     71,680          69.1% 

        32,063          30.9 

       100.0%    $    119,287         100.0% 
        39,828          33.4  
        32.3 
        67.7%    $     79,459          66.6% 

Gross  profit  margins  at  the  NextGen  Division  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007 
increased  to  69.5%  from  69.1%  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  the  proportionate 
level of hardware and third  party software  content  included  in  revenue.      The  QSI 
Division’s  gross  profit  margin  increased  to  52.7%  from  50.0%  between  the  years 
ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 primarily due to a decrease in the relative level of 
applicable headcount expense associated with delivering our products and services.    

The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross 
profit as a percentage of total revenue for our company and our two divisions: 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
        
 
      
 
     
  
        
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
  
     
        
   
   
 
     
        
   
   
     
        
   
   
 
 
 
 
Hardware 
Third 
Party 
Software  

Payroll 
and 
related 
Benefits 

Outside 
Services, 
Amortization 
of Software 
Development 
Costs and 
Other 

Total Cost 
of Revenue 

Gross 
Profit 

Year ended 
March 31,2007 
QSI Division ........   10.0% 
NextGen Division ....    3.1 
Consolidated ........    3.8% 

Year ended  
March 31,2006 
QSI Division ........    9.8% 
NextGen Division ....    4.6 
Consolidated ........    5.3% 

    17.3% 

     20.0% 

    47.3%         52.7% 

    11.9 

     15.5 

    30.5 

   69.5 

    12.4% 

     16.1% 

    32.3% 

   67.7% 

    19.1% 
    11.8 

     21.1% 
     14.5 

    50.0%         50.0% 
    30.9 

   69.1 

    12.7% 

     15.4% 

    33.4% 

   66.6% 

During the year ended March 31, 2007, hardware and third party software constituted 
a  smaller  portion  of  consolidated  revenue  compared  to  the  same  prior  year  period, 
driven principally both by the composition of NextGen Division revenue and NextGen 
Division  revenue  increasing  its  share  of  total  Company  revenue.    This  year  over 
year reduction continued a previously identified trend and did not result from any 
change in emphasis on our part.  The number of customers who purchase hardware and 
third  party  software  and  the  dollar  amount  of  hardware  and  third  party  software 
purchased  fluctuates  each  quarter  depending  on  the  needs  of  the  customers  and  is 
not a priority focus for us. 

Our  payroll  and  benefits  expense  associated  with  delivering  our  products  and 
services  decreased  to  12.4%  of  consolidated  revenue  for  the  year  ended  March  31, 
2007  compared  to  12.7%  during  the  prior  year  ended  March  31,  2006.    The  absolute 
level  of  consolidated  payroll  and  benefit  expenses  grew  from  $15.2  million  in  the 
twelve  months  ended  March  31,  2006  to  $19.6  million  in  the  twelve  months  ended 
March 31, 2007, an increase  of 29%  or  $4.4 million,  primarily  due  to  additions  to 
related headcount, payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products 
and services in the NextGen Division.  Payroll and benefits expense associated with 
delivering  products  and  services  in  the  QSI  Division  declined  on  a  percentage  of 
revenue  basis.    The  adoption  of  SFAS  123R  in  fiscal  year  2007  added  approximately 
$0.5 million in compensation to consolidated cost of revenue. 

We  anticipate  continued  additions  to  headcount  in  the  NextGen  Division  in  areas 
related  to  delivering  products  and  services  in  future  periods,  but  due  to  the 
uncertainties  in  the  timing  of  our  sales  arrangements,  our  sales  mix,  the 
acquisition  and  training  of  qualified  personnel,  and  other  issues,  we  cannot 
accurately  predict  if  related  headcount  expense  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  will 
increase or decrease in the future.   
We do not currently intend to make any significant changes to related headcount at 
the QSI Division. 

“Other”,  which  consists  of  outside  service  costs,  amortization  of  software 
development  costs  and  other  costs,  increased  to  16.1%  of  revenue  during  the  year 
ended March 31, 2007 from 15.4% during the year ended March 31, 2006.   

Should  the  NextGen  Division  continue  to  represent  an  increasing  share  of  our 
revenue and should the NextGen Division continue to carry higher gross margins than 

49

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  QSI  Division,  our  consolidated  gross  margin  percentages  should  increase  to 
match more closely those of the NextGen Division.    

As a result of the foregoing events and activities, our gross profit increased for 
the year period ending March 31, 2007 versus the prior year. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative 
expenses  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007  increased  27.5%  to  $45.3  million  as 
compared to $35.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2006.  The increase resulted 
primarily  from  increases  of  $5.1  million  in  compensation  expense  and  benefit 
expense in the NextGen Division, $0.9 million in commission expense in the NextGen 
Division,  $1.9  million  in  other  general  and  administrative  expenses  primarily  in 
the  NextGen  Division  and  $1.8  million  in  increased  corporate  expenses.   
Approximately $1.4 million of the increase in year over year corporate expenses was 
salaries and related benefits.   

The  adoption  of  SFAS  123R  in  fiscal  year  2007  added  approximately  $2.5  million  in 
compensation  expense  to  consolidated  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses 
and is included in the aforementioned amounts.   

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  decreased 
to  28.9%  in  the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  2007  from  29.8%  in  the  fiscal  period 
ended March 31, 2006 due to revenue growing at a faster rate than selling, general 
and administrative expenses.  

We  anticipate  increased  expenditures  for  trade  shows,  advertising  and  staff 
additions  at  the  NextGen  Division.    We  also  anticipate  increased  expenditures  at 
the  corporate  level  related  to  headcount  additions,  compensation  and  professional 
service  fees.    While  we  expect  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  to 
increase  on  an  absolute  basis,  we  cannot  accurately  predict  the  effect  these 
additional expenditures will have on selling, general, and administrative expenses 
as a percentage of revenue.   

Research and Development Costs.  Research and development costs for the years ended 
March  31,  2007  and  2006  were  $10.2  million  and  $8.1  million,  respectively.    The 
increase  in  research  and  development  costs  was  primarily  due  to  increased 
investment in the NextGen product line.  Additionally, the adoption of SFAS 123R in 
fiscal  year  2007  added  approximately  $0.8  million  in  compensation  expense  to 
research and development costs net of amounts capitalized as software development.  
Additions to capitalized software costs offset research and development costs.  For 
the year ended March 31, 2007, $5.0 million was added to capitalized software costs 
while $3.3 million was capitalized during the year ended March 31, 2006.  Research 
and  development  costs  as  a  percentage  of  net  revenue  decreased  to  6.5%  from  6.8% 
primarily due to revenue growing at a faster rate than the increase in research and 
development  costs.    Research  and  development  costs  are  expected  to  continue  at  or 
above current levels. 

Interest Income.  Interest income for the year ended March 31, 2007 increased 56.8% 
to  approximately  $3.3  million  compared  with  $2.1  million  in  the  year  ended  March 
31,  2006.    The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  the  effect  of  an  increase  in  short 
term  interest  rates  versus  the  prior  year  period  as  well  as  comparatively  higher 
amounts  available  for  investment  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  2007.  
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, we paid a dividend of $27.1 million, 
which  reduced  the  amount  of  funds  available  for  investment  during  this  period.  
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, we paid a dividend of approximately 
$23.4  million,  which  reduced  the  amount  of  funds  available  for  investment  during 
such period. 

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision  for  Income  Taxes.     The  provision  for  income  taxes  for  the  year  ended 
March  31,  2007  was  approximately  $21.0  million  as  compared  to  approximately  $14.6 
million for the prior year.  The  effective  tax  rates  for  fiscal  2007  and  2006  were 
38.7% and 38.5%, respectively.  The provision for income taxes for the years ended 
March 31, 2007 and 2006 differs from the combined statutory rates primarily due to 
the impact of varying state income tax rates, research and development tax credits, 
and the qualified production activities deduction.  The effective rate for the year 
ended  March  31,  2007  also  includes  an  increase  in  benefit  from  the  qualified 
production  activities  deduction,  which  was  mostly  offset  by  non-deductible  option 
expense related to incentive stock options.   

During the year ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, we claimed research and development 
tax credits of approximately $0.8 million in both years.  The Company also claimed 
the  qualified  production  activities  deduction  under  Section  199  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code, of approximately $1.5 million and $0.8 million during the years ended 
March  31,  2007  and  2006,  respectively.   Research  and  development  credits  and  the 
qualified  production  activities  income  deduction  taken  by  us  involve  certain 
assumptions  and  judgments  regarding  qualification  of  expenses  under  the  relevant 
tax code provision.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

The following table presents selected financial statistics and information for each 
of the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006: 

Year Ended March 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Cash and cash equivalents................ 

   $   59,046 

   $   60,028      $   57,225 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash 
equivalents.............................. 

 $    (982) 

   $    2,803      $    6,068 

Net income............................... 

   $   40,078 

   $   33,232      $   23,322 

Net cash provided by operations during 
the year. 

 $   43,599 

   $   29,570      $   30,678 

Number of days of sales outstanding...... 

      136 

     129 

     115 

Cash Flow from Operating Activities 

Cash  provided  by  operations  has  historically  been  our  primary  source  of  cash  and 
has  primarily  been  driven  by  our  net  income  and  secondarily  by  non-cash  expenses 
including  depreciation,  amortization  of  capitalized  software,  provisions  for  bad 
debts and inventory obsolescence, and stock option expenses. 

51

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
    
     
  
  
    
    
     
 
  
    
    
     
  
    
    
     
 
  
    
    
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  our  statement  of  cash  flows  for  the  years  ended 
March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006: 

Year Ended March 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Net income............................... 

   $   40,078 

   $   33,232  

 $   23,322 

Non-cash expenses........................ 

       11,299 

        8,977  

      4,140 

Gain on life insurance proceeds, net..... 

        (755) 

          -    

        -   

Tax benefit from exercise of stock 
options, 
net...................................... 

         65 

       167  

     4,831 

Change in deferred revenue............... 

        5,447 

        3,532  

     10,439 

Change in accounts receivable............ 

     (13,811) 

     (20,760) 

   (12,484) 

Change in other assets and liabilities... 

        1,276 

        4,422  

        430 

Net 
activities... 

cash 

provided 

by 

operating 

   $   43,599 

   $   29,570  

 $   30,678 

Net Income. As referenced in  the  above  table,  net  income  makes  up  the  majority  of 
our  cash  generated  from  operations  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2008,  2007  and 
2006.    Our  NextGen  Division’s  contribution  to  net  income  has  increased  each  year 
due to that division’s operating income increasing more quickly than our company as 
a whole. 

Non-Cash  Expenses.  Non-cash  expenses  include  depreciation,  amortization  of 
capitalized  software,  provisions  for  bad  debts  and  inventory  obsolescence,  and 
stock  option  expenses.    Total  non-cash  expenses  increased  by  approximately  $11.3 
million, $9.0 million and $4.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 
2006,  respectively.    The  change  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  is  primarily 
related  to  a  $3.8  million  increase  in  stock  option  expenses  related  to  our 
application of SFAS 123R, a $2.4 million increase in depreciation, $4.1 million in 
amortization  of  capitalized  software  costs,  and  a  $1.2  million  increase  in  the 
provision for bad debts.   

Tax  Benefits  From  Stock  Options.  Although  the  value  of  stock  options  exercised  by 
employees grew in the year ended  March  31,  2008  and  2007,  our  application  of  SFAS 
123R  required  excess  tax  benefits  of  $1.3  million  and  $2.5  million,  respectively, 
to  be  reclassed  to  financing  activities,  resulting  in  a  net  decrease  in  the  years 
ended March 31, 2008 and 2007. 

Deferred  Revenue.  Cash  from  operations  benefited  significantly  from  increases  in 
deferred  revenue  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  the  volume  of  implementation  and 
maintenance  services  invoiced  by  the  NextGen  Division  which  had  not  yet  been 
rendered  or  recognized  as  revenue.    This  benefit  is  offset  by  the  increase  in 
unpaid  deferred  revenue.    Deferred  revenue  grew  by  approximately  $5.4  million  for 
the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  versus  growth  of  $3.5  million  for  the  year  ended 
March 31, 2007, resulting in increases to cash provided by operating activities for 
the respective periods.   

52

 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
     
   
 
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
     
  
  
    
    
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts Receivable. Accounts receivable grew by approximately $13.8 million, $20.8 
million  and  $12.5  million  for  the  years  ended  March 31,  2008,  2007  and  2006, 
respectively.    The  increase  in  accounts  receivable  in  the  periods  is  due  to  the 
following factors: 

•  NextGen  Division  revenue  grew  21.3%,  35.5%  and  41.0%  for  the  years  ended  March 

31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively;   

•  We  experienced  an  increase  in  the  volume  of  undelivered  services  billed  in 
advance by the NextGen Division  which  were  unpaid  as  of  the  end  of  each  period 
and  included  in  accounts  receivable.  This  resulted  in  an  increase  in  both 
deferred  revenue  and  accounts  receivable  of  approximately  $4.9  million,  $6.4 
million  and  $4.4  million  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006, 
respectively; and 

•  The NextGen Division constituted a larger percentage of our receivables at March 
31,  2008  compared  to  March  31,  2007.    Turnover  of  accounts  receivable  in  the 
NextGen  Division  is  slower  than  the  QSI  Division  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
majority  of  the  QSI  Division’s  revenue  is  coming  from  maintenance  and  EDI 
services  which  typically  have  shorter  payment  terms  than  systems  sales  related 
revenue  which  historically  have  accounted  for  a  major  portion  of  NextGen 
Division sales. 

The  turnover  of  accounts  receivable  measured  in  terms  of  days  sales  outstanding 
(DSO) fluctuated during the year and increased from 129 days to 136 days during the 
year ended March 31, 2008 primarily due to the above mentioned factors.   

If  amounts  included  in  both  accounts  receivable  and  deferred  revenue  were  netted, 
our turnover of accounts receivable  expressed as  DSO  would  be  85  days  as  of  March 
31,  2008  and  81  days  as  of  March  31,  2007.    Provided  turnover  of  accounts 
receivable,  deferred  revenue,  and  profitability  remain  consistent  with  the  year 
ended  March  31,  2008,  we  anticipate  being  able  to  continue  to  generate  cash  from 
operations during fiscal 2009 primarily from our net income.    

Cash flows from investing activities 

Net cash used in investing activities  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008,  2007  and 
2006 was $30.2 million, $8.3 million and $5.7 million, respectively.  The increase 
in cash used in investing activities is a result of the Company’s net purchases of 
current  investments  in  ARS  of  approximately  $22.6  million,  net  of  unrealized  loss 
of $0.3 million as of March 31, 2008.   These ARS are classified as current and non 
current  investments  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.    In  addition 
to  purchases  and  sales  of  marketable  securities,  net  cash  used  in  investing 
activities  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  consisted  of  additions  to  equipment 
and  improvements  and  capitalized  software.    Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities 
for the years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of additions to equipment and 
improvements and capitalized software.  

Cash flows from financing activities 

Net cash used in financing activities  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  was  $14.4 
million and consisted of a dividend paid to shareholders of $20.5 million offset by 
$4.8  million  of  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  stock  options.    We  recorded  a 
reduction in income tax liability of $1.3 million related to excess tax deductions 
received  from  employee  stock  option  exercises.    The  benefit  was  recorded  as 
additional paid in capital.   

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities 

At March 31, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $59.0 million and marketable 
securities  of  $22.6  million.    We  intend  to  expend  some  of  these  funds  for  the 
development  of  products  complementary  to  our  existing  product  line  as  well  as  new 
versions  of  certain  of  our  products.    These  developments  are  intended  to  take 
advantage  of  more  powerful  technologies  and  to  increase  the  integration  of  our 
products.  We have no additional significant current capital commitments.  

In January 2007, our Board of Directors adopted a policy whereby we intend to pay a 
regular  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.25  per  share  on  our  outstanding  common  stock 
commencing with conclusion of our first fiscal quarter of 2008 (June 30, 2007) and 
continuing  each  fiscal  quarter  thereafter,  subject  to  further  review  and  approval 
as well as establishment of record and distribution dates by our Board of Directors 
prior  to  the  declaration  of  each  such  quarterly  dividend.    We  anticipate  that 
future  quarterly  dividends,  if  and  when  declared  by  the  Board  pursuant  to  this 
policy,  would  likely  be  distributable  on  or  about  the  fifth  day  of  each  of  the 
months of October, January, April and July. 

On  May  31,  2007,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  quarterly  dividend  of  twenty-
five  cents  ($0.25)  per  share  payable  on  its  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock.  
The cash dividend record date was June 15, 2007 and was distributed to shareholders 
on or about July 5, 2007. 

On  July  31,  2007,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  quarterly  dividend  of  twenty-
five  cents  ($0.25)  per  share  payable  on  its  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock.  
The  cash  dividend  record  date  was  September  14,  2007  and  was  distributed  to 
shareholders on or about October 5, 2007. 

On  October  25,  2007,  the  Board  approved  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.25  per 
share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record 
as of December 14, 2007 with an  expected  distribution  date  on  or  about  January  7, 
2008.   

On  January  30,  2008,  the  Board  approved  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.25  per 
share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record 
as of March 14, 2008 with an expected distribution date on or about April 7, 2008.   

On  May  20,  2008,  the  Company  acquired  HSI.      The  acquisition  resulted  in  HSI 
becoming  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  QSI.    The  purchase  price  consists  of 
approximately  $15.4  million  plus  up  to  approximately  $1.6  million  in  incentives 
tied  to  future  performance.    The  $15.4  million  consists  of  approximately  equal 
parts  of  cash  and  restricted  QSI  common  stock,  subject  to  restrictions  on  resale 
lapsing over a two year period. 

On May 29, 2008, the Board approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on 
our  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock,  payable  to  shareholders  of  record  as  of 
June 13, 2008 with an expected distribution date on or about July 2, 2008.   

Management  believes  that  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents  on  hand  at  March  31,  2008, 
together  with  its  marketable  securities  and  cash  flows  from  operations,  if  any, 
will be sufficient to meet its working capital and capital expenditure requirements 
as well as any dividends paid in the ordinary course of business for the balance of 
fiscal 2009. 

Contractual Obligations. The following table summarizes our significant contractual 
obligations at March 31, 2008, and the effect that such obligations are expected to 
have on our liquidity and cash in future periods:  

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations – Non-cancelable lease obligations 

(in thousands) 

Year Ending March 31,  

2009........................................................ 

 $        3,156  

2010....................................................... 

 $        3,131  

2011........................................................ 

 $        3,164  

2012........................................................ 

 $        1,716  

2013 and beyond............................................ 

 $          942  

 $       12,109  

New Accounting Pronouncements  

In  May  2008,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 162, 
“The  Hierarchy  of  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  (SFAS  162)”. 
SFAS No. 162  defines  the  order  in  which  accounting  principles  that  are  generally 
accepted should be followed. SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s 
approval  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (“PCAOB”)  amendments  to 
AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted 
Accounting  Principles.  We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  SFAS No. 162  to  have  a 
material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2008, the FASB finalized Staff Position (FSP) No. 142-3, “Determination of 
the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”. The position amends the factors that should 
be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the 
useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and 
Other  Intangible  Assets.  The  position  applies  to  intangible  assets  that  are 
acquired  individually  or  with  a  group  of  other  assets  and  both  intangible  assets 
acquired  in  business  combinations  and  asset  acquisitions.  FSP 142-3  is  effective 
for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December 15,  2008,  and  interim  periods  within 
those  fiscal  years.  Management  is  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  the  pending 
adoption of FSP 142-3 on the consolidated financial statements. 

In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 141  (Revised  2007),  “Business 
Combinations” (SFAS 141R). SFAS 141(R) retains the fundamental requirements of the 
original pronouncement requiring that the purchase method be used for all business 
combinations.  SFAS 141(R)  defines  the  acquirer  as  the  entity  that  obtains  control 
of one or more businesses in the business combination, establishes the acquisition 
date  as  the  date  that  the  acquirer  achieves  control  and  requires  the  acquirer  to 
recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest 
at their fair values as of the acquisition date. In addition, SFAS 141(R) requires 
expensing  of  acquisition-related  and  restructure-related  costs,  remeasurement  of 
earn  out  provisions  at  fair  value,  measurement  of  equity  securities  issued  for 
purchase  at  the  date  of  close  of  the  transaction  and  non-expensing  of  in-process 
research and development related intangibles. SFAS 141(R) applies  prospectively  to 
business  combinations  for  which  the  acquisition  date  is  on  or  after  the  beginning 
of the first annual reporting period  beginning  on or  after  December  15,  2008.   An 
entity  may  not  apply  it  before  that  date.    This  pronouncement  will  be  applied  by 
the  Company  when  it  becomes  effective  and  when  or  if  the  Company  effectuates  a 
business  combination,  otherwise  there  is  no  impact  on  the  Company’s  financial 
statements.   

In  February  2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 159,  “The  Fair  Value  Option  for 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—including an amendment of SFAS No. 115”, 
(SFAS  159)  which  applies  to  all  entities  with  available-for-sale  and  trading 

55

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
securities.  This  Statement  permits  entities  to  choose  to  measure  many  financial 
instruments  and  certain  other  items  at  fair  value.  The  objective  is  to  improve 
financial  reporting  by  providing  entities  with  the  opportunity  to  mitigate 
volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities 
differently  without  having  to  apply  complex  hedge  accounting  provisions.  This 
Statement  is  effective  as  of  the  beginning  of  an  entity’s  first  fiscal  year  that 
begins after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of 
a fiscal year that begins on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity also 
elects  to  apply  the  provisions  of  FASB  Statement  No. 157,  “Fair  Value 
Measurements”.  The  Company  plans  to  adopt  SFAS  159  effective  April 1,  2008  and  is 
in  the  process  of  determining  the  effect,  if  any,  the  adoption  of  SFAS  159  will 
have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  September 2006,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards 
No. 157,  “Fair  Value  Measurements”  (SFAS  157),  which  defines  fair  value, 
establishes  a  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  in  GAAP,  and  expands  disclosures 
about  fair  value  measurements.    SFAS  157  does  not  require  any  new  fair  value 
measurements,  but  provides  guidance  on  how  to  measure  fair  value  by  providing  a 
fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of the information. This statement 
is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  November  15,  2007.  The  Company  is 
currently evaluating the impact, if any; the adoption of this standard will have on 
its consolidated financial statements.   

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISKS 

We maintain investments in tax exempt municipal Auction Rate Securities (ARS) which 
are  classified  as  current  and  non-current  marketable  securities  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.   A  small  portion  of  the  Company’s  portfolio  is 
invested  in  closed-end  funds  which  invest  in  tax  exempt  municipal  auction  rate 
securities.    At  March  31,  2008,  we  had  approximately  $22.6  million  of  ARS  on  our 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.   The  ARS  are  rated  by  one  or  more  national  rating 
agencies and have contractual terms of up to 30 years, but generally have interest 
rate reset dates that occur every 7, 28 or 35 days.    

Despite  the  underlying  long-term  maturity  of  ARS,  such  securities  were  priced  and 
subsequently  traded  as  short-term  investments  because  of  the  interest  rate  reset 
feature.  If  there  are  insufficient  buyers,  the  auction  is  said  to  “fail”  and  the 
holders  are  unable  to  liquidate  the  investments  through  auction.  A  failed  auction 
does  not  result  in  a  default  of  the  debt  instrument.  The  securities  will  continue 
to  accrue  interest  and  be  auctioned  until  the  auction  succeeds,  the  issuer  calls 
the  securities,  or  the  securities  mature.  In  February 2008,  the  Company  began  to 
experience  failed  auctions  on  its  ARS  and  auction  rate  preferred  securities.  To 
determine  their  estimated  fair  values  at  March 31,  2008,  factors  including  credit 
quality,  the  likelihood  of  redemption,  and  yields  or  spreads  of  fixed  rate 
municipal  bonds  or  other  trading  instruments  issued  by  the  same  or  comparable 
issuers  were  considered.   Based  on  these  factors,  a  temporary  impairment  of  $326 
was  recorded  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  in  the  accompanying 
consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  March 31,  2008.   If  the  Company  sells  any 
of the ARS, prior to maturity, at an amount below original purchase value, or if it 
becomes  probable  that  the  Company  will  not  receive  100%  of  the  principal  and 
interest  from  the  issuer  as  to  any  of  the  ARS,  the  Company  will  be  required  to 
recognize  an  other-than-temporary  impairment  charge  against  net  income.   Based  on 
our  ability  to  access  our  cash  and  other  short-term  investments,  our  expected 
operating  cash  flows,  and  our  other  sources  of  cash,  we  do  not  anticipate  the 
current  lack  of  liquidity  on  these  investments  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
financial condition or results of operation. 

56

 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Our Financial Statements identified in the Index to Financial Statements appearing 
under  “Item  15.  Exhibits  and  Financial  Statement  Schedules”  of  this  report  are 
incorporated herein by reference to Item 15. 

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (our  principal  executive 
officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  respectively)  have  concluded,  based  on 
their  evaluation  as  of  March  31,  2008,  that  the  design  and  operation  of  our 
“disclosure  controls  and  procedures”  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(e)  under  the 
Exchange  Act)  are  effective  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  information 
required  to  be  disclosed  by  us  in  the  reports  filed  or  submitted  by  us  under  the 
Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported,  within  the  time 
periods  specified  in  the  Commission’s  rules  and  forms,  including  to  ensure  that 
information required to be disclosed  by  us  in  the  reports  we  file  or  submit  under 
the  Exchange  Act  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely 
decisions regarding whether or not disclosure is required. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

During  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  2008,  there  were  no  changes  in  our  “internal 
control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange 
Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, 
our internal control over financial reporting.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  under  the  Exchange 
Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including 
our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  we  conducted  an 
evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
based on the framework set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued 
by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on 
this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial 
reporting was effective as of March 31, 2008.  

Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and 
procedures, that: 
(1) 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately 
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;  

(2)   provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  our 
company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our 
management and directors; and  

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3) 

provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a 
material effect on our financial statements.  

Because  of  inherent  limitations  in  all  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well 
designed, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control 
issues  within  the  Company  have  been  or  will  be  detected.  Also,  projections  of  any 
evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risks  that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree 
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Our independent registered public accounting firm has audited the effectiveness of 
our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  31,  2008  as  stated  in 
their report that is included herein.  

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION  

We have experienced legal claims by parties asserting that we have infringed their 
intellectual  property  rights.   We  believe  that  these  claims  are  without  merit  and 
intend to defend against them vigorously; however, we could incur substantial costs 
and diversion of management resources defending any infringement claim – even if we 
are ultimately successful in the defense of such matter.  Litigation is inherently 
uncertain  and  always  difficult  to  predict.   We  refer  you  to  the  discussion  of 
infringement and litigation risks in our Risk Factors section of this Report. 

58

 
 
 
 
 
Part III 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The  information  required  by  Item  10  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  our 
definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2008  annual  shareholders'  meeting  to  be  filed 
with the Commission. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  required  by  Item  11  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  our 
definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2008  annual  shareholders'  meeting  to  be  filed 
with the Commission. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  required  by  Item  12  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  our 
definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2008  annual  shareholders'  meeting  to  be  filed 
with the Commission. 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  required  by  Item  13  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  our 
definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2008  annual  shareholders'  meeting  to  be  filed 
with the Commission. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  required  by  Item  14  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  our 
definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2008  annual  shareholders'  meeting  to  be  filed 
with the Commission. 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a)  (1) Index to Financial Statements: 

PART IV 

Page 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ............ 68 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ............ 69 

Consolidated Balance Sheets  
March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007 .................................. 71 

Consolidated Statements of Income — Years Ended 
March 31, 2008, March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006 .................. 73 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity — Years Ended 
March 31, 2008, March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006 .................. 75 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended 
March 31, 2008, March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006 .................. 77 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ......................... 79 

(2) The following financial statement schedule for the years ended March 31, 
2008, March 31, 2007 and 2008, read in conjunction with the financial 
statements of Quality Systems, Inc., is filed as part of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. 

(cid:131) 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts ................... 106 

Schedules other than that listed above have been omitted since they are 
either not required, not applicable, or because the information required 
is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto. 

(3) The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits hereof are attached hereto or 

incorporated herein by reference and filed as a part of this Report. 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

3.6 

3.7 

3.8 

10.1* 

10.2* 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

Description

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with 
the Secretary of State of California on September 8, 1989, are hereby 
incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the  registrant’s 
Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (Registration  No.  333-00161)  filed 
January 11, 1996. 

Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Quality 
Systems,  Inc.  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  California 
effective  March  4,  2005,  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  3.1.1  of  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2005. 

Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Quality 
Systems,  Inc.  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  California 
effective  October  6,  2005  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  3.01  of  the  registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed 
October 11, 2005. 

Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Quality 
Systems,  Inc.  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  California 
effective March 3, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
3.1  of  the  registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  March  6, 
2006. 

Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Quality  Systems,  Inc.,  as  amended  and 
restated effective May 25,  2005,  are  hereby incorporated  by  reference 
to  Exhibit  3.6  of  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10K  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2005.  

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws  of  the  Company effective  September 
20,  2006  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 25, 2006. 

Amended  Exhibit  A  to  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws,  adopted  by  the 
registrant’s  Board  of  Directors  on  May  31,  2007,  is  hereby 
incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  of  the  registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007. 

Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Quality  Systems,  Inc.,  effective  May 
29,  2008  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 2, 2008. 

Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005. 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 
Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to  the  registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter 
ended September 30, 2004. 

61

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.3* 

10.4* 

10.5* 

10.6* 

10.7* 

10.8* 

10.9* 

Description 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option  Agreement for  Amended  and Restated 
1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.2 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter 
ended September 20, 2004. 

2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan are incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit  10.01  to  the  registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed 
October 5, 2005. 

Form  of  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  for  2005  Stock  Incentive 
Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007. 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan 
is  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007. 

1993 Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.5 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the 
year ended March 31, 1994.  

1998  Employee  Stock  Contribution  Plan  is  hereby  incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-63131). 

Employment Agreement dated July 20, 2000 between Quality Systems, Inc. 
and Lou Silverman is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 
to  the  registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter 
ended September 30, 2000. 

10.10* 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers 
authorized  January  27,  2005  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.6.1 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended March 31, 2005. 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

Lease  Agreement  between  Company  and  Tower  Place,  L.P.  dated  November 
15,  2000,  commencing  February  5,  2001  is  hereby  incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.14  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 
10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001.  

Fourth  Amendment  to  lease  agreement  between  the  Company  and  Tower 
Place,  L.P.  dated  September  22,  2005  is  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  10.24  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2006. 

Fifth  Amendment  to  lease  agreement  between  the  Company  and  Tower 
Place,  L.P.  dated  January  31,  2007  is  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  10.13  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2007. 

62

 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21* 

10.22* 

10.23* 

10.24 

Description 

Lease  Agreement  between  Company  and  Orangewood  Business  Center  Inc. 
dated April 3, 2000, amended February 22, 2001, is hereby incorporated 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.15  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001. 

Lease  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  HUB  Properties  LLC  dated  May 
8,  2002  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.18  to  the 
registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  March  31, 
2003. 

Second Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB 
Properties LLC dated February 14, 2006 is incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit  10.25  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2006. 

Amended  and  Restated  Second  Amendment  to  Office  Lease  agreement 
between  the  Company  and  HUB  Properties  LLC  dated  May  31,  2006  is 
incorporated by reference to  Exhibit  10.17  to  the registrant’s  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007. 

Lease  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Lakeshore  Towers  Limited 
Partnership  Phase  IV,  a  California  limited  partnership,  dated 
September  15,  2004  is    hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.19  of  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year 
ended March 31, 2005. 

Lease  agreement  between  the  Company  and  Von  Karman  Michelson 
Corporation  dated  September  6,  2005  is  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  10.23  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2006. 

Office  lease    between  the  Company  and  SLTS  Grand  Avenue,  L.P.  dated 
May  3,  2006  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.20  to  the 
registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  year  ended  March 31, 
2007. 

Board  Service  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Lou  Silverman  is 
incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2.1  to  the  registrant’s 
Current Report of Form 8-K, dated May 31, 2005. 

Board  Service  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Patrick  Cline  is 
incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2.1  to  the  registrant’s 
Current Report of Form 8-K dated May 31, 2005. 

Director Compensation Program approved May 25, 2006 is incorporated by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form 
8-K filed May 30, 2006. 

Settlement Agreement dated as of August 8, 2006 between the registrant 
and Ahmed Hussein is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 9, 2006. 

63

 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.25* 

Description 

Description  of  Compensation  Program  for  Named  Executive  Officers  for 
Fiscal  Year  Ended  March  31,  2008  is  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  10.25  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2007. 

10.26* 

Description  of  Compensation  Program  for  Named  Executive  Officers  for 
Fiscal  Year  Ending  March  31,  2007  is  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  10.26  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2007. 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  dated  May  16,  2008  by  and  among  Quality 
Systems, Inc., Bud Merger Sub, LLC and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC.** 

Office  lease  between  the  Company  and  Lakeshore  Towers  Limited 
Partnership  Phase  II,  a  California  limited  partnership,  dated  October 
18, 2007.** 

Standard  Service  Center  Lease  Agreement  between  the  Lincoln  National 
Life  Insurance  Company  and  Lackland  Acquisition  II,  LLC,  dated 
November 28, 2001.** 

First Amendment to Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the 
Lincoln  National  Life  Insurance  Company  and  Lackland  Acquisition  II, 
LLC, dated August 17, 2005.** 

Standard  Service  Center  Lease  Agreement  between  the  Lincoln  National 
Life Insurance Company and InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, LLC, dated 
November 28, 2001.**   

Second  Amendment  to  Service  Center  Lease  Agreement  between  the  TM 
Properties,  LLC,  successor  to  the  Lincoln  National  Life  Insurance 
Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005.** 

10.33 

Assignment  of  Lease  between  InfoNow  Solutions  of  St.  Louis,  Lackland 
Acquisition II, LLC and TM Properties, LLC dated August 17, 2005.** 

21 

23 

31.1 

31.2 

List of subsidiaries** 

Consent  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  –  Grant 
Thornton LLP ** 

Certification  of  Principal  Executive  Officer  Required  by  Rule  13a-
14(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  as  Adopted 
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ** 

Certification  of  Principal  Financial  Officer  Required  by  Rule  13a-
14(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  as  Adopted 
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ** 

64

 
Exhibit 
Number 

32.1 

Description 

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer 
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  ** 

*  This  exhibit  is  a  management  contract  or  a  compensatory  plan  or 

arrangement. 

**  Filed herewith. 

65

 
 
 
 
  
 
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on 
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

By: /s/ LOUIS E. SILVERMAN 
Louis E. Silverman, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Date: June 10, 2008 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the persons whose signature 
appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Louis E. Silverman and Paul A. Holt, 
each of them acting individually, as his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power 
of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments 
to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto 
and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and 
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to 
be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might 
or  could  do  in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  our  signatures  as  they  may 
be  signed  by  our  said  attorney-in-fact  and  any  and  all  amendments  to  this  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. 

Pursuant  to  the  requirement  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this 
Report has been signed by the following persons on our behalf in the capacities and 
on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Sheldon Razin 

Sheldon Razin 

Chairman of the Board and Director 

/s/ Louis E. Silverman 

Louis E. Silverman 

President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) and 
Director 

/s/ Paul A. Holt 

Paul A. Holt 

/s/ Patrick B. Cline 

Patrick B. Cline 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal 
Financial Officer) and Secretary 

President, NextGen Healthcare 
Information Systems Division, and 
Director 

Ibrahim Fawzy 

Director 

May 29, 2008 

May 29, 2008 

May 29, 2008 

May 29, 2008 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Edwin Hoffman 

Edwin Hoffman 

Director 

May 29, 2008 

Ahmed Hussein 

Director 

 /s/ Vincent J. Love 

Vincent J. Love 

Director 

/s/ Russell Pflueger 

Russell Pflueger 

Director 

/s/ Steven T. Plochocki 

Steven T. Plochocki 

Director 

May 29, 2008 

May 29, 2008 

May 29, 2008 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Quality Systems, Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Quality Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 
2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows 
for each of the three years ended March 31, 2008.  Our audits of the basic financial statements included 
the  financial  statement  Schedule  II  listed  in  the  index  appearing  under  Item  15  (a)(2).    These  financial 
statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our 
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule 
based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.    An  audit  includes 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  
An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material 
respects, the financial position of Quality Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2008 and 2007 and the results of 
its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  ended  March  31,  2008  in  conformity  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the related 
financial statement Schedule II, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a 
whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

As discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company changed its method of 
accounting  for  share-based  compensation  as  a  result  of  adopting  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting 
Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment”, effective April 1, 2006.   

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board  (United  States),  Quality  Systems,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  31, 
2008,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated June 5, 2008, expressed an 
unqualified opinion. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Irvine, California 
June 5, 2008 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Quality Systems, Inc. 

We have audited Quality Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2008, 
based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Quality Systems, Inc.’s management is 
responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of 
the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Quality 
Systems, Inc. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on Quality Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects.   Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we 
considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion.  

A  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.   A  company's  internal 
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 
assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles, 
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention 
or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  company's  assets  that  could 
have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the 
risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of 
compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.   In  our  opinion,  Quality  Systems,  Inc. 
maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  31, 
2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO.   

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Quality Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2008 and 
2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of 
the  three  years  ended  March  31,  2008,  and  our  report  dated  June  5,  2008  expressed  an  unqualified 
opinion. 

69

  
 
  
  
   
   
 
 
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Irvine, California 
June 5, 2008 

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) 

March 31, 
2008 

March 31, 
2007 

ASSETS 
Current assets: 
   Cash and cash equivalents........................   $    59,046       $    60,028 
   Marketable securities............................         2,500                 - 
   Accounts receivable, net.........................        76,585            63,945 
   Inventories, net.................................         1,024             1,175 
   Net current deferred tax assets..................         6,397             3,443 
   Other current assets.............................         4,596             4,507 
             Total current assets...................       150,148           133,098 

Marketable securities...............................        20,124                 -  
Equipment and improvements, net.....................         4,773             5,029 
Capitalized software costs, net.....................         8,852             6,982 
Net deferred tax assets.............................            -              1,180 
Goodwill............................................         1,840             1,840 
Other assets........................................         2,171             2,552 
             Total assets...........................   $   187,908       $   150,681 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 
Current liabilities: 
   Accounts payable.................................   $     4,685      $     5,246 
   Deferred revenue.................................        44,389           38,774 
   Accrued compensation and related benefits........         8,346            6,521 
   Income taxes payable.............................         1,541              315 
   Dividends payable................................         6,861                -  
   Other current liabilities........................         4,394            5,626 
             Total current liabilities..............        70,216           56,482 

Deferred revenue, net of current....................           506              674 
Net deferred tax liabilities........................         1,575                -  
Deferred compensation...............................         1,906            2,279 
             Total liabilities......................        74,203           59,435 

Commitments and contingencies....................... 

71

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
  
     
     
  
 
Shareholders’ equity: 
Common stock 
   $0.01 par value; authorized 50,000 shares; issued 
and outstanding 27,448 and 27,123 shares at March 
31, 2008 and March 31, 2007, 
respectively............ 

         271 
Additional paid-in capital..........................        75,556           65,666 
Retained earnings...................................    .   38,071           25,309 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss................         (196)                -  
       Total shareholders' equity...................       113,705           91,246 
       Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity...   $   187,908      $   150,681 

         274  

The accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements are an integral 
part of these consolidated statements. 

72

     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) 

Revenues: 

 Software, hardware and supplies........ 

 Implementation and training services... 

System sales............................ 

 Maintenance............................. 

 Electronic data interchange services... 

 Other services......................... 

Maintenance, EDI and other services..... 

   Total revenue........................ 

Cost of revenue: 

 Software, hardware and supplies........ 

 Implementation and training services... 

Total cost of system sales.............. 

 Maintenance............................. 

 Electronic data interchange services... 

 Other services......................... 

Total cost of maintenance and other 
services................................ 

Fiscal Year Ended 

March 31, 
2008 

March 31, 
2007 

March 31, 
2006 

$    76,363     $     68,871       $     54,938 

13,406           12,177             11,293 

89,769   

81,048    

66,231 

56,455           41,948             31,124 

22,450           17,049             13,256 

17,826           17,120              8,676 

96,731           76,117             53,056 

186,500          157,165            119,287 

10,887            8,453              8,148 

10,341            8,535              8,088 

21,228           16,988             16,236 

12,446           11,834              9,330 

15,776           12,181              8,569 

13,051            9,781              5,693 

41,273 

       33,796             23,592 

   Total cost of revenue................ 

62,501 

       50,784             39,828 

   Gross profit......................... 

Operating expenses: 

  Selling, general and administrative... 

  Research and development costs........ 

     Total operating expenses........... 

   Income from operations............... 

Interest income......................... 

Other income............................ 

Income before provision for income taxes 

Provision for income taxes.............. 

123,999          106,381             79,459 

53,260           45,337             35,554 

11,350           10,166              8,087 

64,610           55,503             43,641 

59,389           50,878             35,818 

2,661            3,306              2,108 

953   

          -     

          -  

63,003 

       54,184             37,926 

22,925 

       20,952             14,604 

73

 
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
     
  
 
    
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Net income........................... 

 $    40,078     $     33,232       $     23,322 

Net income per share: 

  Basic................................... 

  Diluted................................. 

Weighted average shares outstanding: 

  Basic................................... 

  Diluted................................. 

  Dividends declared per common share... 

$       1.47     $       1.24       $       0.88 
$       1.44     $       1.21       $       0.85 

27,298   

27,770   

26,882    
27,550    

26,413 

27,356 

$       1.00     $       1.00       $      0.875 

The  accompanying  notes  to  these  consolidated  financial  statements  are  an  integral 
part of these consolidated statements. 

74

  
    
     
  
    
     
  
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
 
 
 
QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
 (IN THOUSANDS) 

 Common Stock  

 Accumulated 
Other  

 Total   

Shares 

Amount    APIC  

Retained 
Earnings 

 Deferred 
Compensation 

Comprehensive 
Loss  

Shareholders 
Equity  

26,222   $ 262  

$44,368   $19,213   $   (1,112) 

 $       -     $    62,731 

   489       5     4,476 

     -            -   

         -           4,481 

    -      -      4,831 

     -            -   

         -           4,831 

    -      -         -        -            428  

         -             428 

    -      -         -   (23,384) 

        -   

         -         23,384) 

    -      -         -     23,322 

        -   

         -          23,322 

26,711     267  

53,675     19,151         (684) 

         -          72,409 

    -      -     (684) 

     -            684 

         -             -   

   412       4     6,058 

     -            -   

         -           6,062 

    -      -      2,694 

     -            -   

         -           2,694 

    -      -      3,923 

     -            -   

         -           3,923 

    -      -         -   (27,074) 

        -   

         -   

(27,074) 

    -      -         -     33,232 

        -   

         -          33,232 

27,123     271    65,666    25,309 

        -   

         -          91,246 

   325       3     4,757 

     -            -   

         -           4,760 

    -      -      1,376 

     -            -   

         -           1,376 

    -      -      3,757 

     -            -   

         -           3,757 

    -      -         -   (27,316) 

        -   

         -   

(27,316) 

    -      -         -     40,078 

        -   

         -          40,078 

75

 Balance, March 
31, 2005  
 Exercise of 
stock options  
 Tax benefit 
resulting from 
exercise of 
stock 
options........ 

 Stock based 
compensation... 
 Dividends 
declared....... 
 Net 
income......... 
 Balance, March 
31, 2006  
 Reclass of 
deferred 
compensation 
upon adoption 
of SFAS 
123R........... 
 Exercise of 
stock options  
 Tax benefit 
resulting from 
exercise of 
stock 
options........ 

 Stock based 
compensation... 
 Dividends 
declared...... 
 Net 
income......... 
 Balance, March 
31, 2007  

 Exercise of 
stock options  
 Tax benefit 
resulting from 
exercise of 
stock 
options........ 

 Stock based 
compensation... 
 Dividends 
declared...... 
 Net 
income......... 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 Unrealized 
loss on 
marketable 
securities, net 
of tax......... 
 Balance, March 
31, 2008  

    -      -         -        -            -            (196) 

(196) 

27,448   $ 274   $75,556   $38,071   $      -      $      (196)   $   113,705 

The accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements are an integral 
part of these consolidated statements. 

76

 
 
 
 
 
QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
(IN THOUSANDS) 

March 31, 
2008 

Fiscal Year Ended 
March 31, 
2007 

March 31, 
2006 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

   Net income..................................     $   40,078     $   33,232  

 $  23,322  

   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net 

cash provided by operating activities:...... 

     Depreciation..............................          2,369          1,950           1,368  
     2,460  
     Amortization of capitalized software 

        4,149          3,231  

costs....................................... 

     Gain on life insurance proceeds, net......          (755)   
        - 
     Provision for bad debts...................          1,171          1,480           1,181  
     Provision for inventory obsolescence......             52             35             179  
     Non-cash stock-based compensation.........          3,757          3,923             428  
     Deferred income taxes.....................          (199)        (1,642)         (1,476) 
     Tax benefit from exercise of stock options          1,376          2,694           4,831  
     Excess tax benefit from share-based 

        -     

compensation................................ 

    (1,311) 

    (2,527)    

        -  

   Changes in assets and liabilities: 
     Accounts receivable.......................       (13,811)       (20,760)        (12,484) 
     Inventories...............................             99          (649)            220  
        -           1,195          (1,180) 
     Income tax receivable.....................   
     Other current assets......................           (89)        (1,595)         (1,235) 
     Other assets..............................            381          (594)           (354) 
     Accounts payable..........................          (561)          2,312             650  
     Deferred revenue..........................          5,447          3,532          10,439  
     Accrued compensation and related benefits 
        1,825          1,031           2,054  
     Income taxes payable......................          1,226            315     
        -  
      (209) 
     Other current liabilities.................   

        1,814  

     Deferred compensation.....................   

(1,232) 

(373) 

          593  

       484  

Net cash provided by operating activities......         43,599         29,570          30,678  
Cash flows from investing activities: 
   Additions to capitalized software costs.....        (6,019)        (5,042)         (3,297) 
   Additions to equipment and improvements.....        (2,113)        (3,240)         (2,410) 
   Purchases of marketable securities..........         91,825   
      -  

   Sales of marketable securities..............      (114,645)   

      -  

   Proceeds from life insurance policy, net....            755   
      -  
Net cash used in investing activities..........       (30,197)        (8,282)         (5,707) 
Cash flows from financing activities: 
   Dividends paid..............................       (20,455)       (27,074)        (23,384) 
   Excess tax benefit from share-based 

compensation................................ 

      1,311 

      2,527     

   Proceeds from the exercise of stock options.          4,760          6,062  

         -  
     4,481  

Net cash used in financing activities..........       (14,384)       (18,485)        (18,903) 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash 
equivalents.................................... 
     6,068  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.         60,028         57,225          51,157  

      2,803     

      (982) 

77

      -  
       -     
       -     

 
  
  
 
     
 
 
  
    
    
     
  
    
    
  
  
  
       
   
    
    
     
 
  
 
  
    
    
     
  
    
    
     
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.......     $   59,046     $   60,028  

 $  57,225  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow 
information: 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes, 
net of refunds.............................. 

Non-cash investing and financing activities: 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities.... 

Dividends declared and accrued.............. 

 $   20,546     $   18,360       $  11,022  

 $    (326)     $        -       $        -  

 $    6,861     $        -       $        -  

The  accompanying  notes  to  these  consolidated  financial  statements  are  an  integral 
part of these consolidated statements. 

78

  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
MARCH 31, 2008 and 2007 
(DOLLAR AND SHARE AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 

1.  Description of Business 

Quality  Systems,  Inc.,  comprised  of  the  QSI  Division  (QSI  Division)  and  a  wholly-
owned  subsidiary,  NextGen  Healthcare  Information  Systems,  Inc.  (NextGen  Division) 
(collectively,  the  Company),  develops  and  markets  proprietary  healthcare 
information systems for a wide range of entities including medical and dental group 
practices,  community  health  centers,  physician  hospital  organizations,  management 
service  organizations,  and  dental  schools.  The  Company’s  software  systems  include 
general  patient  information,  appointment  scheduling,  billing,  insurance  claims 
submission  and  processing,  managed  care  plan  implementation  and  referral 
management,  treatment  planning,  drug  formularies,  electronic  patient  records, 
dental  charting  and  letter  generation.  In  addition  to  providing  fully  integrated 
solutions,  the  Company  offers  its  clients  comprehensive  hardware  and  software 
maintenance  and  support  services,  system  training  services  and  Electronic  Data 
Interchange (EDI) services which provide a variety of connectivity services to and 
between  patients,  providers  and  payors.    The  Company’s  principal  administrative, 
accounting  and  QSI  Division  operations  are  located  in  Irvine,  California.    The 
principal office of the NextGen Division is located in Horsham, Pennsylvania. 

On  January  31,  2006,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  2-for-1  stock  split  with 
respect  to  the  Company’s  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock.    The  stock  split 
record date was March 3, 2006 and the stock began trading post split on March 27, 
2006.  On February 2, 2005,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  2-for-1  stock  split 
with respect to the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock.  The stock split 
record date was March 4, 2005 and the stock began trading post split on March 28, 
2005.   

References  to  share  and  per  share  data  contained  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been 
retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock splits.   

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation.    The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the 
accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary.  All  significant 
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. 

Basis  of  Presentation.    The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have 
been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the 
United States of America.   

References  to  dollar  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial  statement  sections  are 
in thousands, except per share data, unless otherwise specified.   

Revenue  Recognition.    The  Company  recognizes  revenue  pursuant  to  Statement  of 
Position  No.  97-2,  “Software  Revenue  Recognition”  (SOP  97-2),    as  amended  by 
Statement  of  Position  No.  98-9  “Modification  of  SOP  97-2,  Software  Revenue 
Recognition”  (SOP  98-9).  The  Company  generates  revenue  from  the  sale  of  licensing 
rights  to  its  software  products  directly  to  end-users  and  value-added  resellers 
(VARs).  The  Company  also  generates  revenue  from  sales  of  hardware  and  third  party 
software,  implementation,  training,  EDI,  post-contract  support  (maintenance)  and 
other services performed for customers who license its products.  

A  typical  system  contract  contains  multiple  elements  of  the  above  items.  SOP  98-9 
requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be 

79

 
 
 
 
 
allocated  to  each  element  based  on  the  relative  fair  values  of  those  elements.   
The  fair  value  of  an  element  must  be  based  on  vendor  specific  objective  evidence 
(VSOE).  The Company limits  its  assessment  of  VSOE  for  each  element  to  either  the 
price charged when the same element is sold separately (using a rolling average of 
stand  alone  transactions)  or  the  price  established  by  management  having  the 
relevant  authority  to  do  so,  for  an  element  not  yet  sold  separately.  VSOE 
calculations are updated and reviewed quarterly or annually depending on the nature 
of the product or service.   

When evidence of fair value exists for the delivered and undelivered elements of a 
transaction,  then  discounts  for  individual  elements  are  aggregated  and  the  total 
discount  is  allocated  to  the  individual  elements  in  proportion  to  the  elements’ 
fair value relative to the total contract fair value.  

When evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements only, the residual 
method,  provided  for  under  SOP  98-9,  is  used.      Under  the  residual  method,  the 
Company  defers  revenue  related  to  the  undelivered  elements  in  a  system  sale  based 
on  VSOE  of  fair  value  of  each  of  the  undelivered  elements,  and  allocates  the 
remainder of the contract price net of all discounts to revenue recognized from the 
delivered  elements.    If  VSOE  of  fair  value  of  any  undelivered  element  does  not 
exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element 
is established or the element has been delivered. 

The Company bills for the entire contract amount upon contract execution except for 
maintenance  which  is  billed  separately.    Amounts  billed  in  excess  of  the  amounts 
contractually due are recorded in accounts receivable as advance billings.  Amounts 
are  contractually  due  when  services  are  performed  or  in  accordance  with 
contractually  specified  payment  dates.    Provided  the  fees  are  fixed  and 
determinable  and  collection  is  considered  probable,  revenue  from  licensing  rights 
and  sales  of  hardware  and  third  party  software  is  generally  recognized  upon 
shipment  and  transfer  of  title.  In  certain  transactions  where  collections  risk  is 
high, the cash basis method is used to recognize revenue.  If the fee is not fixed 
or determinable, then the revenue recognized in each period (subject to application 
of  other  revenue  recognition  criteria)  will  be  the  lesser  of  the  aggregate  of 
amounts due and payable or the amount  of  the  arrangement  fee  that  would  have  been 
recognized if the fees were being recognized using the residual method. Fees which 
are considered fixed or determinable at the inception of the Company’s arrangements 
must include the following characteristics: 

(cid:131)  The  fee  must  be  negotiated  at  the  outset  of  an  arrangement,  and  generally  be 
based on the specific volume  of  products  to be  delivered  without  being  subject 
to  change  based  on  variable  pricing  mechanisms  such  as  the  number  of  units 
copied or distributed or the expected number of users. 

(cid:131)  Payment terms must not be considered extended.  If a significant portion of the 
fee  is  due  more  than  12  months  after  delivery  or  after  the  expiration  of  the 
license, the fee is presumed not fixed and determinable. 

Revenue  from  implementation  and  training  services  is  recognized  as  the 
corresponding  services  are  performed.  Maintenance  revenue  is  recognized  ratably 
over the contractual maintenance period. 

Contract  accounting  is  applied  where  services  include  significant  software 
modification, development or customization. In such instances, the arrangement fee 
is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position No. 81-1 “Accounting for 
Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts” (SOP 81-1).  
Pursuant to SOP 81-1, the Company uses the percentage of completion method provided 
all of the following conditions exist: 

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:131) 

(cid:131) 
(cid:131) 
(cid:131) 

the  contract  includes  provisions  that  clearly  specify  the  enforceable  rights 
regarding  goods  or  services  to  be  provided  and  received  by  the  parties,  the 
consideration to be exchanged, and the manner and terms of settlement; 
the customer can be expected to satisfy its obligations under the contract; 
the Company can be expected to perform its contractual obligations; and 
reliable estimates of progress towards completion can be made. 

The  Company  measures  completion  using  labor  input  hours.  Costs  of  providing 
services,  including  services  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  SOP  81-1,  are 
expensed as incurred. 

If  a  situation  occurs  in  which  a  contract  is  so  short  term  that  the  financial 
statements would not vary materially from using the percentage-of-completion method 
or  in  which  the  Company  is  unable  to  make  reliable  estimates  of  progress  of 
completion of the contract, the completed contract method is utilized.   

Individual product returns are estimated in accordance with Statement of Financial 
Accounting  Standards  No. 48,  “Revenue  Recognition  When  Right  of  Return  Exists” 
(SFAS 48).  The Company also ensures  that  the  other  criteria  in  SFAS 48  have  been 
met prior to recognition of revenue:  

(cid:131)  the price is fixed or determinable;  
(cid:131)  the customer is obligated to pay and there are no contingencies surrounding the 

obligation or the payment;  

(cid:131)  the  customer’s  obligation  would  not  change  in  the  event  of  theft  or  damage  to 

the product;  

(cid:131)  the customer has economic substance;  
(cid:131)  the amount of returns can be reasonably estimated; and  
(cid:131)  the  Company  does  not  have  significant  obligations  for  future  performance  in 

order to bring about resale of the product by the customer. 

The  Company  has  historically  offered  short-term  rights  of  return  in  certain  sales 
arrangements.  If  the  Company  is  able  to  estimate  returns  for  these  types  of 
arrangements,  revenue  is  recognized  and  these  arrangements  are  recorded  in  the 
consolidated  financial  statements.    If  the  Company  is  unable  to  estimate  returns 
for  these  types  of  arrangements,  revenue  is  not  recognized  in  the  consolidated 
financial statements until the rights of return expire. 

Revenue  related  to  sales  arrangements  which  include  the  right  to  use  software 
stored  on  the  Company’s  hardware  is  accounted  for  under  the  Emerging  Issues  Task 
Force  Issue  (EITF)  No.  00-3  “Application  of  AICPA  Statement  of  Position  97-2  to 
arrangements  that  include  the  right  to  use  software  stored  on  another  entity’s 
hardware”.    EITF  No.  00-3  requires  that  for  software  licenses  and  related 
implementation  services  to  continue  to  fall  under  SOP  No.  97-2,  the  customer  must 
have  the  contractual  right  to  take  possession  of  the  software  without  incurring  a 
significant  penalty  and  it  must  be  feasible  for  the  customer  to  either  host  the 
software  themselves  or  through  another  third  party.    If  an  arrangement  is  not 
deemed to be accounted for under SOP 97-2, the entire arrangement is accounted for 
as a service contract in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-21 “Revenue arrangements 
with  multiple  deliverables”.    In  that  instance,  the  entire  arrangement  would  be 
recognized as the hosting services are being performed. 

From time to time, the Company offers future purchase discounts on its products and 
services  as  part  of  its  sales  arrangements.  Pursuant  to  AICPA  TPA  5100.50,  such 
discounts which are incremental to the range of discounts reflected in the pricing 
of  the  other  elements  of  the  arrangement,  which  are  incremental  to  the  range  of 

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
discounts  typically  given  in  comparable  transactions,  and  which  are  significant, 
are  treated  as  an  additional  element  of  the  contract  to  be  deferred.    Amounts 
deferred  related  to  future  purchase  options  are  not  recognized  until  either  the 
customer exercises the discount offer or the offer expires. 

Revenue  is  divided  into  two  categories,  “system  sales”  and  “maintenance,  EDI  and 
other  services”.    Revenue  in  the  system  sales  category  includes  software  license 
fees,  third  party  hardware  and  software,  and  implementation  and  training  services 
related to purchase of the Company’s software systems.  The majority of the revenue 
in  the  system  sales  category  is  related  to  the  sale  of  software.    Revenue  in  the 
maintenance,  EDI  and  other  services  category  includes  maintenance,  EDI,  follow  on 
training  and  implementation  services,  annual  third  party  license  fees  and  other 
revenue.   

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents.    Cash  and  cash  equivalents  generally  consist  of  cash, 
money market funds and short-term U.S. Treasury securities with original maturities 
of less than 90 days.  The money market fund in which the Company holds a portion 
of  its  cash  invests  in  only  investment  grade  money  market  instruments  from  a 
variety of industries, and therefore bears relatively low market risk.  The average 
maturity  of  the  investments  owned  by  the  money  market  fund  is  approximately  two 
months. 

Marketable securities.  Marketable  securities  are  classified  as  available-for-sale 
and  accordingly  are  recorded  at  fair  value,  based  on  quoted  market  rates  or 
valuation analysis when appropriate, with unrealized gains and losses reflected as 
a separate component of shareholders' equity titled accumulated other comprehensive 
income (loss), net of tax, until realized or until a determination is made that an 
other-than-temporary  decline  in  market  value  has  occurred.  Factors  considered  in 
assessing  whether  an  other-than-temporary  impairment  has  occurred  include:  the 
nature  of  the  investment;  whether  the  decline  in  fair  value  is  attributable  to 
specific  adverse  conditions  affecting  the  investment;  the  financial  condition  of 
the  investee;  the  severity  and  the  duration  of  the  impairment;  and  whether  the 
Company  has  the  ability  to  hold  the  investment  to  maturity.  If  it  is  determined 
that  an  other-than-temporary  impairment  has  occurred,  the  investment  is  written 
down to its market value at the end of the period in which it is determined that an 
other-than-temporary  decline  has  occurred.    In  addition,  the  Company  classifies 
marketable securities as current or non-current based upon whether such assets are 
reasonably  expected  to  be  realized  in  cash  or  sold  or  consumed  during  the  normal 
operating cycle of the business.  

The  Company’s  investments  at  March  31,  2008  are  in  tax  exempt  municipal  Auction 
Rate  Securities  (ARS)  which  are  classified  as  either  current  or  non-current 
marketable  securities  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  depending  on 
the  liquidity  and  timing  of  expected  realization  of  such  securities.    A  small 
portion of the Company’s portfolio is invested in closed-end funds which invest in 
tax  exempt  municipal  auction  rate  securities.    These  instruments  are  known  as 
auction rate preferred securities (ARPS). The ARS are rated by one or more national 
rating  agencies  and  have  contractual  terms  of  up  to  30  years,  but  generally  have 
interest  rate  reset  dates  that  occur  every  7,  28  or  35  days.      Despite  the 
underlying long-term maturity of ARS, such securities were priced and subsequently 
traded  as  short-term  investments  because  of  the  interest  rate  reset  feature.  If 
there  are  insufficient  buyers,  the  auction  is  said  to  “fail”  and  the  holders  are 
unable  to  liquidate  the  investments  through  auction.  A  failed  auction  does  not 
result in a default of the debt instrument. The securities will continue to accrue 
interest  and  be  auctioned  until  the  auction  succeeds;  the  issuer  calls  the 
securities or the securities mature.  

82

 
 
 
 
 
In  February 2008,  the  Company  began  to  experience  failed  auctions  on  its  ARS  and 
auction  rate  preferred  securities.  To  determine  their  estimated  fair  values  at 
March 31, 2008, factors including credit quality, assumptions about the likelihood 
of  redemption,  observable  market  data  such  as  yields  or  spreads  of  fixed  rate 
municipal  bonds  or  other  trading  instruments  issued  by  the  same  or  comparable 
issuers  were  considered.  Based  on  this  analysis,  a  temporary  impairment  loss  of 
$196,  net  of  income  tax  benefit,  was  recorded  to  accumulate  other  comprehensive 
loss in the accompanying financial statements as of March 31, 2008.  If the Company 
sells  any  of  the  ARS,  prior  to  maturity,  at  an  amount  below  original  purchase 
value,  or  if  it  becomes  probable  that  the  Company  will  not  receive  100%  of  the 
principal and interest from the issuer of any ARS, the Company will be required to 
recognize an other-than-temporary impairment charge against net income.   

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts.    The  Company  provides  credit  terms  typically 
ranging from thirty days to less than twelve months for most system and maintenance 
contract  sales  and  generally  does  not  require  collateral.  The  Company  performs 
credit  evaluations  of  its  customers  and  maintains  reserves  for  estimated  credit 
losses.    Reserves  for  potential  credit  losses  are  determined  by  establishing  both 
specific  and  general  reserves.    Specific  reserves  are  based  on  management’s 
estimate  of  the  probability  of  collection  for  certain  troubled  accounts.    General 
reserves  are  established  based  on  the  Company’s  historical  experience  of  bad  debt 
expense and the aging of the Company’s accounts receivable balances net of deferred 
revenues  and  specifically  reserved  accounts.    Accounts  are  written  off  as 
uncollectible only after the Company has expended extensive collection efforts.   

Included  in  accounts  receivable  are  amounts  related  to  maintenance  and  services 
which were billed, but which had not yet been rendered as of the end of the period.  
Undelivered maintenance and services are included on the accompanying Consolidated 
Balance Sheets in deferred revenue (see also Note 6).   

Inventories.    Inventories  consist  of  hardware  for  specific  customer  orders  and 
spare  parts,  and  are  valued  at  lower  of  cost  (first-in,  first-out)  or  market.  
Management provides a reserve to reduce inventory to its net realizable value. 

Equipment  and  Improvements.    Equipment  and  improvements  are  stated  at  cost  less 
accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and  amortization  of 
equipment  and  improvements  are  provided  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the 
assets, or the related lease terms if shorter, by the straight-line method. Useful 
lives range as follows: 

(cid:131) 
(cid:131) 
(cid:131) 

3-5 years 
Computers and electronic test equipment 
5-7 years 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements    lesser of lease term or estimated useful life of asset 

Software  Development  Costs.    Development  costs  incurred  in  the  research  and 
development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products 
are  expensed  as  incurred  until  technological  feasibility  has  been  established. 
After  technological  feasibility  is  established,  any  additional  development  costs 
are capitalized in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 
86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise 
Marketed” (SFAS 86). Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis 
over the estimated economic life of the related product of three years. The Company 
provides  support  services  on  the  current  and  prior  two  versions  of  its  software.  
Management  performs  an  annual  review  of  the  estimated  economic  life  and  the 
recoverability of such capitalized software costs. If a determination is made that 
capitalized  amounts  are  not  recoverable  based  on  the  estimated  cash  flows  to  be 
generated  from  the  applicable  software,  any  remaining  capitalized  amounts  are 
written off. 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets.    The  Company  follows  Statement  of  Financial 
Accounting  Standards  No.  142,  “Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets”  (SFAS  142).  
This statement applies to the amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets.  
The  balance  of  goodwill  is  related  to  the  NextGen  Division.    Under  SFAS  142, 
management is required to perform an annual assessment of the implied fair value of 
goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  for  impairment.    The  Company 
compared  the  fair  value  of  the  NextGen  Division  with  the  carrying  amount  of  its 
assets  and  determined  that  none  of  the  goodwill  recorded  was  impaired  as  of  June 
30, 2007 (the date of the Company’s last  annual  impairment  test).    The  fair  value 
of  the  NextGen  Division  was  determined  using  an  estimate  of  future  cash  flows  for 
the NextGen Division over ten years and risk adjusted discount rates of between 15 
and 25 percent to compute a net present value of future cash flows. 

Long-Lived Assets.  The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
No.  144,  “Accounting  for  the  Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-Lived  Assets”  (SFAS 
144).  Management  periodically  reviews  the  carrying  value  of  long-lived  assets  to 
determine  whether  or  not  impairment  to  such  value  has  occurred  and  has  determined 
that there was no impairment at March 31, 2008.   

Income  Taxes.    Income  taxes  are  provided  based  on  current  taxable  income  and  the 
future  tax  consequences  of  temporary  differences  between  the  basis  of  assets  and 
liabilities  for  financial  and  tax  reporting.  The  deferred  income  tax  assets  and 
liabilities represent the future state and federal tax return consequences of those 
differences,  which  will  either  be  taxable  or  deductible  when  the  assets  and 
liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred income taxes are also recognized for 
operating losses that are available to offset future taxable income and tax credits 
that  are  available  to  offset  future  income  taxes.    At  each  reporting  period, 
management  assesses  the  realizable  value  of  deferred  tax  assets  based  on,  among 
other things, estimates of future taxable income, and adjusts the related valuation 
allowance  as  necessary.  In  June  2006,  the  FASB  issued  Interpretation  No. 48  (FIN 
48),  “Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes  –  an  Interpretation  of  SFAS 
No. 109.”  FIN  48  clarifies  the  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes 
recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, 
“Accounting  for  Income  Taxes.”  FIN  48  prescribes  a  recognition  threshold  of  more-
likely-than-not and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in 
an enterprise’s tax return. Management makes a number of assumptions and estimates 
in determining the appropriate amount of expense to record for income taxes. These 
assumptions  and  estimates  consider  the  taxing  jurisdiction  in  which  the  Company 
operates as well as current tax regulations. Accruals are established for estimates 
of  tax  effects  for  certain  transactions  and  future  projected  profitability  of  the 
Company’s  businesses  based  on  management’s  interpretation  of  existing  facts  and 
circumstances. The Company adopted FIN 48 effective April 1, 2007. The adoption of 
FIN  48  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements.  See Note 8. 

Advertising  Costs.    Advertising  costs  are  charged  to  operations  as  incurred.  The 
Company  does  not  have  any  direct-response  advertising.  Advertising  costs,  which 
includes trade shows and conventions, were approximately $2,580, $2,159 and $1,915 
for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and were included 
in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Income. 

Marketing Assistance Agreements.  The Company has entered into marketing assistance 
agreements with certain existing users of the Company’s products which provide the 
opportunity  for  those  users  to  earn  commissions  if  and  only  if  they  host  specific 
site  visits  upon  our  request  for  prospective  customers  which  directly  result  in  a 
purchase  of  our  software  by  the  visiting  prospects.      Amounts  earned  by  existing 

84

 
 
users  under  this  program  are  treated  as  a  selling  expense  in  the  period  when 
earned.  

Other  Comprehensive  Income.    Comprehensive  income  includes  all  changes  in 
Shareholders’  Equity  during  a  period  except  those  resulting  from  investments  by 
owners  and  distributions  to  owners.    The  components  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  income  (loss),  net  of  income  tax,  consist  of  unrealized  losses  on 
marketable  securities  of  $(196)  as  of  March  31,  2008.    There  were  no  other 
comprehensive income items for the year ended March 31, 2007 and 2006.   

2008 

Year Ended March 31,  
2007 

2006 

Net 
income............................................  $  40,078      $  33,232       $  23,322 

Other comprehensive income: 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net 
of tax 

    (196) 

       -      

       -   

Comprehensive income..............................  $  39,882      $  33,232       $  23,322 

Earnings  per  Share.    Pursuant  to  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 
128,  “Earnings  Per  Share”  (SFAS  128),  the  Company  provides  dual  presentation  of 
“basic” and “diluted” earnings per share (EPS).    

Basic  EPS  excludes  dilution  from  common  stock  equivalents  and  is  computed  by 
dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of 
common  shares  outstanding  for  the  period.  Diluted  EPS  reflects  the  potential 
dilution from common stock equivalents. 

85

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
The  following  table  reconciles  the  weighted  average  shares  outstanding  for  basic 
and diluted net income per share for the periods presented. 

Year ended March 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Net income..................................... 

 $  40,078      $  33,232       $  23,322 

Basic net income per common share: 

  Weighted average of common shares outstanding 

27,298    

26,882    

26,413 

Basic net income per common share.............. 

 $    1.47      $    1.24       $    0.88 

Net income..................................... 

 $  40,078      $  33,232       $  23,322 

Diluted net income per common share: 

  Weighted average of common shares outstanding 
 Effect  of  potentially  dilutive  securities 
(options) 
  Weighted average of common shares outstanding 
– diluted................................... 
Diluted net income per common share............ 

27,298    
472    

26,882    
668    

26,413 
943 

27,770 

27,356 
 $    1.44      $    1.21       $    0.85 

27,550 

The  computation  of  diluted  net  income  per  share  does  not  include  279,752,  92,500 
and  124,000  options  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006, 
respectively,  because  their  inclusion  would  have  an  anti-dilutive  effect  on 
earnings per share.   

Share-Based  Compensation.    On  April  1,  2006,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of 
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123R,  “Share-Based  Payment”  (SFAS  123R)  which 
requires  the  measurement  and  recognition  of  compensation  expense  for  all  share-
based  payment  awards  made  to  employees  and  directors  based  on  estimated  fair 
values.    SFAS  123R  supersedes  the  Company’s  previous  accounting  under  Accounting 
Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25,  “Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees”  (APB 
25).   

The  Company  adopted  SFAS  123R  using  the  modified  prospective  transition  method, 
which requires the application of the accounting standard as of April 1, 2006, the 
first day of the Company’s fiscal year 2007.  The Company’s Consolidated Statements 
of  Income  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2008  and  2007  reflect  the  impact  of  SFAS 
123R.  In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, the Company’s 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  prior  periods  have  not  been  restated  to 
reflect,  and  do  not  include,  the  impact  of  SFAS  123R.    Share-based  compensation 
expense recognized under SFAS 123R for the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 was 
$3,757  and  $3,923,  respectively,  which  consisted  of  stock-based  compensation 
expense related to employee and director stock options and  included $430 expensed 
under APB 25 for “in the money” options issued prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R. 
Excess  tax  benefits  from  share-based  compensation  are  presented  as  cash  outflows 
from operating activities and cash inflows from financing activities.  The Company 
has  elected  to  adopt  the  alternative  transition  method  provided  in  FASB  Staff 
Position  No.  SFAS  123R-3  (FSP  123(R)-3)  for  calculating  the  tax  effects  of  share-
based  compensation  pursuant  to  SFAS  123R.  The  alternative  transition  method 
includes  a  simplified  method  to  establish  the  beginning  balance  of  the  additional 
paid-in  capital  (APIC  pool)  related  to  the  tax  effects  of  employee  and  director 
stock-based  compensation,  and  to  determine  the  subsequent  impact  on  the  APIC  pool 

86

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and  the  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  of  the  tax  effects  of  employee  and 
director share-based awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS 123R. 

SFAS  123R  requires  companies  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  share-based  payment 
awards  on  the  date  of  grant  using  an  option-pricing  model.    The  value  of  the 
portion  of  the  award  that  is  ultimately  expected  to  vest  is  recognized  ratably  as 
expense  over  the  requisite  service  period  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statement 
of Income.  Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company applied the intrinsic-
value-based method of accounting prescribed by APB 25 to account for its fixed-plan 
stock options. Under this method, compensation expense was recorded on the date of 
grant  only  if  the  current  market  price  of  the  underlying  stock  exceeded  the 
exercise price. As previously allowed under SFAS 123, the Company only adopted the 
disclosure requirements of SFAS 123, which established a fair-value-based method of 
accounting  for  share-based  employee  compensation  plans.  The  following  is  a 
reconciliation  of  reported  net  earnings  to  adjusted  net  earnings  had  the  Company 
recorded  compensation  expense  based  on  the  fair  value  at  the  grant  date  for  its 
stock options under SFAS 123 for the year ended March 31, 2006.  

   Year Ended 
March 31, 
2006 

Reported net earnings......................................................      $   23,322 

Add: Option compensation expense, net of tax. .............................             262 

Less:  Share-based  compensation  expense  determined  under  fair  value-based 
method for all awards...................................................... 

    (3,280) 

Pro forma net earnings.....................................................      $   20,304 

Basic earnings per share: 

Reported...................................................................      $     0.88 

Pro forma..................................................................      $     0.77 

Diluted earnings per share: 

Reported...................................................................      $     0.85 

Pro forma..................................................................      $     0.74 

In  arriving  at  the  stock-based  compensation  expense  reported  in  the  table  above, 
the  Company  utilized  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model  for  estimating  fair  value 
with the following assumptions: expected life – 48 - 57 months from the date of the 
grant; stock volatility – 47.7 – 57.0%, risk free interest rate of 3.0 - 3.7% and 
no  dividends  during  the  expected  term.    For  stock  options  issued  subsequent  to 
March  31,  2006,  the  Company  used  the  simplified  method  for  estimating  expected 
term, which derives a term equal to the midpoint between the vesting period and the 
contractual term as allowed by SAB 107.  Prior to using the simplified method, the 
Company estimated the expected life of an option.  The Company estimates volatility 
by  using  the  weighted  average  historical  volatility  of  the  Company’s  common  stock 
which the Company believes approximates expected volatility.  The risk free rate is 
the  implied  yield  available  on  the  U.S  Treasury  zero-coupon  issues  with  remaining 
terms  equal  to  the  expected  life  input  to  the  Black  Scholes  model.    Although  the 
Company  announced  a  one-time  $0.75  per  share  dividend  on  January  31,  2005,  no 
commitment to any future dividends was made at the time the dividend was announced 
and no commitment to any future dividends existed at the time when the February 11, 
2005 options were granted.  The Company had not paid a dividend to its shareholders 
prior to the one-time dividend announced on January 31, 2005.  On January 31, 2006, 

87

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
     
 
the  Company  announced  a  one-time  dividend  of  $0.875  per  share.    This  dividend  was 
announced  subsequent  to  the  options  granted  in  fiscal  year  2006  and  was  not 
considered  in  the  fair  value  calculations  of  such  options.    Therefore,  management 
believes  that  using  a  zero  dividend  rate  in  the  valuation  of  the  stock  options 
granted  during  fiscal  year  2006  was  appropriate.    The  above  pro  forma  disclosure 
was  not  presented  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2008  and  2007  because  stock-based 
compensation has been accounted under SFAS 123R for these years.  

The following table shows total stock-based employee compensation expense included 
in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Income  for  years  ended  March  31,  2008  and  2007, 
respectively. 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2008 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2007 

Costs and expenses: 

 Cost of revenue........................................ 

 $        496       $         524 

 Research and development............................... 

          800  

          870 

 Selling, general and administrative.................... 

        2,461  

        2,529 

Total share-based compensation.......................... 

 $      3,757       $      3,923 

Amounts capitalized in software development costs....... 

          (39) 

             (38) 

Amounts charged against earnings, before income tax 
benefit................................................. 

 $      3,718       $      3,885 

Amount of related income tax benefit recognized in 
earnings................................................ 

 $        969       $        910 

Sales Taxes.  In accordance with the guidance of EITF Issue No. 06-3, “How Taxes 
Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be 
Presented in the Income Statement” (EITF 06-3), the Company accounts for sales 
taxes imposed on its goods and services on a net basis in the consolidated 
statement of operations. 

Use  of  Estimates.    The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in 
conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America  (GAAP)  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect 
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets 
and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements,  and  the  reported  amounts 
of  revenue  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.    On  an  on-going  basis,  the 
Company  evaluates  its  estimates,  including  those  related  to  uncollectible 
receivables,  vendor  specific  objective  evidence,  valuation  of  marketable 
securities, and income taxes and related credits and deductions.  The Company bases 
its  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  are 
believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the 
basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that 
are not readily apparent from other sources.  Actual results may differ from these 
estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

New Accounting Pronouncements.  In May 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial 
Accounting  Standards No. 162,  “The  Hierarchy  of  Generally  Accepted  Accounting 
Principles”  (SFAS  162).  SFAS No. 162  defines  the  order  in  which  accounting 
principles  that  are  generally  accepted  should  be  followed.  SFAS No. 162  is 
effective  60 days  following  the  SEC’s  approval  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (PCAOB)  amendments  to  AU  Section 411,  “The  Meaning  of  Present 
Fairly  in  Conformity  with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles”.  We  do  not 

88

 
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
expect  the  adoption  of  SFAS No. 162  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements. 

In April 2008, the FASB finalized Staff Position (FSP) No. 142-3, “Determination of 
the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”. The position amends the factors that should 
be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the 
useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and 
Other  Intangible  Assets”.  The  position  applies  to  intangible  assets  that  are 
acquired  individually  or  with  a  group  of  other  assets  and  both  intangible  assets 
acquired  in  business  combinations  and  asset  acquisitions.  FSP 142-3  is  effective 
for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December 15,  2008,  and  interim  periods  within 
those  fiscal  years.  Management  is  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  the  pending 
adoption of FSP 142-3 on the consolidated financial statements. 

In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards 
No. 141  (Revised  2007),  “Business  Combinations”  (SFAS  141R).  SFAS 141(R)  retains 
the  fundamental  requirements  of  the  original  pronouncement  requiring  that  the 
purchase  method  be  used  for  all  business  combinations.  SFAS 141(R)  defines  the 
acquirer  as  the  entity  that  obtains  control  of  one  or  more  businesses  in  the 
business  combination,  establishes  the  acquisition  date  as  the  date  that  the 
acquirer  achieves  control  and  requires  the  acquirer  to  recognize  the  assets 
acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest at their fair values 
as  of  the  acquisition  date.  In  addition,  SFAS 141(R)  requires  expensing  of 
acquisition-related  and  restructure-related  costs,  remeasurement  of  earn  out 
provisions  at  fair  value,  measurement  of  equity  securities  issued  for  purchase  at 
the  date  of  close  of  the  transaction  and  non-expensing  of  in-process  research  and 
development  related  intangibles.  SFAS 141(R)  applies  prospectively  to  business 
combinations  for  which  the  acquisition  date  is  on  or  after  the  beginning  of  the 
first  annual  reporting  period  beginning  on  or  after  December  15,  2008.    An  entity 
may  not  apply  it  before  that  date.    This  pronouncement  will  be  applied  by  the 
Company when it becomes effective and when or if the Company effectuates a business 
combination,  otherwise  there  is  no  impact  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements.   

In  February  2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 159,  “The  Fair  Value  Option  for 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—including an amendment of SFAS No. 115”, 
(SFAS  159)  which  applies  to  all  entities  with  available-for-sale  and  trading 
securities.  This  Statement  permits  entities  to  choose  to  measure  many  financial 
instruments  and  certain  other  items  at  fair  value.  The  objective  is  to  improve 
financial  reporting  by  providing  entities  with  the  opportunity  to  mitigate 
volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities 
differently  without  having  to  apply  complex  hedge  accounting  provisions.  This 
Statement  is  effective  as  of  the  beginning  of  an  entity’s  first  fiscal  year  that 
begins after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of 
a fiscal year that begins on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity also 
elects  to  apply  the  provisions  of  FASB  Statement  No. 157,  “Fair  Value 
Measurements”.  The  Company  plans  to  adopt  SFAS  159  effective  April 1,  2008  and  is 
in  the  process  of  determining  the  effect,  if  any;  the  adoption  of  SFAS  159  will 
have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  September 2006,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards 
No. 157,  “Fair  Value  Measurements”  (SFAS  157),  which  defines  fair  value, 
establishes  a  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  in  GAAP,  and  expands  disclosures 
about  fair  value  measurements.    SFAS  157  does  not  require  any  new  fair  value 
measurements,  but  provides  guidance  on  how  to  measure  fair  value  by  providing  a 
fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of the information. This statement 
is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  November  15,  2007.  The  Company  is 

89

 
 
 
 
currently evaluating the impact, if any; the adoption of this standard will have on 
its consolidated financial statements.   

3. Cash and Cash Equivalents  

At  March  31,  2008  and  2007,  the  Company  had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $59,046 
and  $60,028,  respectively,  invested  in  both  a  major  national  brokerage  firm's 
institutional  fund  that  specializes  in  U.S.  government  securities  and  commercial 
paper with high credit ratings, and short-term U.S. treasury securities.   

Interest  income  related  to  cash  and  cash  equivalents  for  each  of  the  three  years 
ended March 31 is as follows: 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2008 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2007 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2006 

Interest income................... 

 $       1,444     $       3,306       $       2,108 

4. Marketable Securities  

At  March 31,  2008,  the  cost  and  estimated  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  marketable 
securities in ARS were as follows:  

 Gross  

 Gross  

 Fair 
Value/ 

   Unrealized     Unrealized     

 Carrying  

 Cost  

 Gains  

 Losses     

 Value  

Current marketable securities: 

Auction rate securities.........   $   2,500      $       - 

    $    (50)      $    2,450 

Non-current marketable securities: 

Auction rate securities......... 

20,450             - 

        (276)    

20,174 

Total marketable securities..... 

 $  22,950     $       - 

    $   (326)      $   22,624 

At March 31, 2007, the Company did not have investments in marketable securities. 

Interest income related to marketable securities for each of the three years ended 
March 31 is as follows: 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2008 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2007 

Year Ended 
March 31, 2006 

Interest 
income........................ 

 $       1,217     $         -         $         -   

90

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
5. Intangible Assets – Capitalized Software Costs 

As  of  March  31,  2008  and  2007,  the  Company  had  the  following  amounts  related  to 
intangible assets with definite lives:  

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

Gross carrying amount............................. 

 $     27,645  
Accumulated amortization..........................        (18,793) 
Net capitalized software development..............   $      8,852  

    $     21,626  

         (14,644) 

    $      6,982  

Aggregate amortization expense during the year....   $      4,149  

    $      3,231  

Activity  related  to  net  capitalized  software  costs  for  the  years  ended  March  31, 
2008 and 2007 is as follows: 

Beginning of the year.............................   $      6,982  

    $       5,171  

Capitalization....................................          6,019  

            5,042  

Amortization......................................         (4,149) 

           (3,231) 

End of the year...................................   $      8,852  

    $       6,982  

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

The  following  table  represents  the  remaining  estimated  amortization  of  intangible 
assets with determinable lives as of March 31, 2008: 

For the year ending March 31,  

2009.............................................   

 $     4,381  

2010.............................................   

2011.............................................   

3,212 

1,259 

Total............................................   

 $     8,852  

6. Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions 

Accounts receivable include amounts related to maintenance and services which were 
billed but not yet rendered as of the end of the year.  Undelivered maintenance and 
services  are  included  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  part  of 
the deferred revenue balance. 

Accounts receivable, excluding undelivered software, 
maintenance and services.............................. 

 $     50,417  

 $     42,574  

March 31, 2008     March 31, 2007 

Undelivered software, maintenance and implementation 
services billed in advance, included in deferred 
revenue... 
Accounts receivable, gross.............................         79,113  

     28,696 

        23,809 
    66,383 

91

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
  
     
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts........................         (2,528)            (2,438) 

Accounts receivable, net...............................   $     76,585       $     63,945  

Inventories are summarized as follows: 

Computer systems and components, net of reserve for 

 obsolescence of $223 and $324, respectively.......... 

 $        992  

 $      1,147 

Miscellaneous parts and supplies...................... 

32    

28 

Inventories, net...................................... 

 $      1,024     

 $      1,175 

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

Equipment and improvements are summarized as follows:  

Computer and electronic test equipment................ 

Furniture and fixtures................................ 

Leasehold improvements................................ 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization............. 

Equipment and improvements, net....................... 

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

 $     11,454  

    $      9,801  

        2,975  

           2,845  

        1,259  

             929  

       15,688  

          13,575  

      (10,915)            (8,546) 

 $      4,773  

    $      5,029  

Accrued compensation and related benefits are summarized as follows: 

Bonus and commission................................. 

 $      5,443     

 $      4,158 

Vacation............................................. 

2,903    

2,363 

Accrued compensation and related benefits............ 

 $      8,346     

 $      6,521 

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

Short and long-term deferred revenue are summarized as follows: 

Maintenance.......................................... 

Implementation services.............................. 

Annual license services.............................. 

Undelivered software and other....................... 

Deferred Revenue..................................... 

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

 $     10,175     

 $     10,241 

25,929    

24,246 

6,532    

        2,219 

2,259    

2,742 

 $     44,895     

 $     39,448 

92

 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other current liabilities are summarized as follows: 

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

Sales tax payable.................................... 

 $        765     

 $        805 

Customer deposits.................................... 

          621     

          703 

Deferred rent........................................ 

          607     

Professional fees.................................... 

          600     

Commission payable................................... 

          346     

Accrued EDI expenses................................. 

          -     

Accrued royalties.................................... 

          216     

652 

425 

767 

613 

463 

Other accrued expenses............................... 

        1,239     

1,198 

Other current liabilities............................ 

 $      4,394     

 $      5,626 

7. Other Income - Gain from Life Insurance Proceeds 

On  September  26,  2007,  Mr.  Gregory  Flynn,  Executive  Vice  President  and  General 
Manager  of  the  Company’s  QSI  Division  passed  away.    Mr.  Flynn  participated  in  the 
Company’s  deferred  compensation  plan  which  is  funded  through  the  purchase  of  life 
insurance  policies  with  the  Company  named  as  beneficiary.    As  a  result  of  Mr. 
Flynn’s passing, the Company recorded additional compensation expense of $198 which 
was offset by net insurance proceeds of $953.  The additional compensation expense 
was  recorded  in  Selling,  General  and  Administrative  Expenses  and  the  insurance 
proceeds were recorded as Other Income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.  

8. Income Taxes 

During  the  years  ended  March  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006,  the  Company  claimed  federal 
research  and  development  tax  credits  of  $779,  $787  and  $821,  respectively,  and 
state  research  and  development  tax  credits  of  approximately  $113,  $99  and  $60, 
respectively.   Due  to  the  expiration  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  statute 
related  to  research  and  development  credits  on  December  31,  2007,  the  Company’s 
research  and  development  credits  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  represent 
credits for the nine-month period from April 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007.  The 
Company  also  claimed  the  qualified  production  activities  deduction  under  Section 
199 of the Internal Revenue Code for $3,069, $1,457 and $840 during the years ended 
March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.   The research and development credits 
and  the  qualified  production  activities  income  deduction  taken  by  the  Company 
involve certain assumptions and judgments regarding qualification of expenses under 
the relevant tax code provisions.  

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following components: 

Current: 

Federal taxes.............................. 

 $   18,120   

 $   18,106       $   12,824 

State taxes................................ 

Total...................................... 

4,348   

22,468   

4,488     

22,594     

3,256 

16,080 

Year ended March 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Deferred: 

Federal taxes.............................. 

        333   

(1,347)    

(1,168) 

93

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
 
State taxes................................ 

        124   

(295)    

(308) 

Total...................................... 

        457   

(1,642)    

(1,476) 

Total...................................... 

 $   22,925   

 $   20,952       $   14,604 

The  provision  for  income  taxes  differs  from  the  amount  computed  at  the  federal 
statutory rate as follows: 

Year ended March 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Current: 

Federal income tax statutory rate............... 

35.0%    

35.0%    

35.0% 

Increase (decrease) resulting from: 

 State income taxes, net of Federal benefit...... 

    4.8 

          5.0            5.0 

 Research and development tax credits............     (1.3)          (1.7)         (2.3) 

 Qualified Production Activities Income Deduction     (1.8)          (0.9)         (0.8) 

 Other...........................................     (0.3)           1.3            1.6 

Effective income tax rate........................ 

36.4%    

38.7%    

38.5% 

The net deferred tax assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist 
of the following: 

Deferred tax assets: 

 Deferred revenue and allowance for doubtful 
accounts.. 
 Inventory valuation.................................. 

 Purchased in-process research and development........ 

 Intangibles assets................................... 

 Accrued compensation and benefits.................... 

 Deferred compensation................................ 

 State income taxes................................... 

 Compensatory stock option expense.................... 

 Unrealized loss on marketable securities............. 

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

 $        4,534       $       4,528 

            137                 206 

          1,187               1,490 

            102                 100 

          1,701                 917 

            806                 975 

             92                  55 

          1,139                 707 

            130     

           -   

Other................................................. 
  Total deferred tax assets.......................... 

            801                 387 

         10,629               9,365 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
 Accelerated depreciation.............................            (545) 
 Capitalized software.................................          (3,746) 
 Prepaid expense......................................          (1,516) 
   Total deferred tax liabilities..................... 
     (5,807)            (4,742) 
   Deferred tax assets, net...........................   $        4,822       $      4,623  

            (387) 

          (1,400) 

          (2,955) 

The  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  have  been  shown  net  in  the  accompanying 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  based  on  the  long-term  or  short-term  nature  of  the 
items which give rise to the deferred amount.  No valuation allowance has been made 
against  the  deferred  tax  assets  as  management  expects  to  receive  the  full  benefit 
of the assets recorded. 

94

  
    
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
On April 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, 
“Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes  (FIN  48)  an  interpretation  of  FASB 
Statement  No.  109  (SFAS  109).”  The  adoption  of  the  provisions  of  FIN  48  had  no 
material effect on the consolidated financial statements. As a result, there was no 
cumulative  effect  related  to  adopting  FIN  48.  However,  certain  amounts  have  been 
reclassified  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  in  order  to  comply  with 
the  requirements  of  the  statement.   At  adoption,  the  Company  had  $394  of 
unrecognized  tax  benefits,  $89  of  which  would  affect  the  Company’s  effective  tax 
rate  if  recognized  in  the  future.   A  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending 
amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  which  is  recorded  in  income  taxes  payable  in 
the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, is as follows: 

Balance as of April 1, 2007................................................ 

 $       394 

Additions for prior year tax positions...................................... 

         307 

Reductions for prior year tax positions..................................... 

         (88) 

Balance at March 31, 2008................................................... 

 $       613 

The  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefit  that,  if  recognized,  would  decrease 
the income tax provision is $52.  

The  Company’s  continuing  practice  is  to  recognize  estimated  interest  and/or 
penalties  related  to  income  tax  matters  in  general  and  administrative  expenses.  
The Company had approximately $8 and $45 of accrued interest at March 31, 2008 and 
2007, respectively.  No penalties were accrued.  

The  Company’s  income  tax  returns  filed  for  tax  years  2004  through  2006  and  2003 
through  2006  are  subject  to  examination  by  the  federal  and  state  taxing 
authorities,  respectively.   The  Company  is  currently  not  under  examination  by  the 
Internal Revenue Service (IRS).  However, the Company is under routine examination 
by  two  states.   The  Company  does  not  anticipate  that  total  unrecognized  tax 
benefits  will  significantly  change  due  to  the  settlement  of  audits  or  the 
expiration  of  statute  of  limitations  within  the  next  twelve  months.   The  Company 
has  filed  three  applications  to  change  tax  accounting  methods.   It  is  reasonably 
possible  that  the  Company  will  receive  consent  to  change  these  accounting  methods 
within  the  next  twelve  months  which  would  reduce  the  unrecognized  tax  benefit 
balance as of March 31, 2008 by $561 with no impact on the tax provision. 

9. Employee Benefit Plans  

The  Company  has  a  401(k)  plan  available  to  substantially  all  of  its  employees. 
Participating employees may defer up to the Internal Revenue Service limit based on 
the  Internal  Revenue  Code  per  year.  The  annual  contribution  is  determined  by  a 
formula  set  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  and  may  include  matching  and/or 
discretionary contributions.  The amount of the Company match is discretionary and 
subject  to  change.    The  retirement  plans  may  be  amended  or  discontinued  at  the 
discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  Contributions  of  $317,  $250  and  $202  were 
made by the Company to the 401(k) plan for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 
2007 and 2006, respectively. 

The Company has a deferred compensation plan (the Deferral Plan) for the benefit of 
those officers and employees who qualify for inclusion. Participating employees may 
defer  between  5%  and  50%  of  their  compensation  for  a  Deferral  Plan  year.  In 
addition,  the  Company  may,  but  is  not  required  to,  make  contributions  into  the 

95

 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
Deferral  Plan  on  behalf  of  participating  employees,  and  the  amount  of  the  Company 
match  is  discretionary  and  subject  to  change.    Each  employee’s  deferrals  together 
with  earnings  thereon  are  accrued  as  part  of  the  long-term  liabilities  of  the 
Company. Investment decisions are made by each participating employee from a family 
of  mutual  funds.    Deferred  compensation  liability  was  $1,906  and  $2,279  at  March 
31,  2008  and  2007,  respectively.    To  offset  this  liability,  the  Company  has 
purchased  life  insurance  policies  on  some  of  the  participants.  The  Company  is  the 
owner  and  beneficiary  of  the  policies  and  the  cash  values  are  intended  to  produce 
cash  needed  to  help  make  the  benefit  payments  to  employees  when  they  retire  or 
otherwise leave the Company. The Company intends to hold the life insurance policy 
until the death of the plan participant.  The net cash surrender value of the life 
insurance  policies  for  deferred  compensation  was  $1,858  and  $2,276  at  March  31, 
2008  and  2007,  respectively.    The  values  of  the  life  insurance  policies  and  the 
related  Company  obligation  are  included  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheets in long-term other assets and long-term deferred compensation, respectively.  
The Company made contributions of $29, $29 and $25 to the Deferral Plan for each of 
the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

The  Company  has  a  voluntary  employee  stock  contribution  plan  for  the  benefit  of 
full-time  employees.    The  plan  is  designed  to  allow  certain  employees  to  acquire 
shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  through  automatic  payroll  deduction.    Each 
eligible  employee  may  authorize  the  withholding  of  up  to  10%  of  his/her  gross 
payroll  each  pay  period  to  be  used  to  purchase  shares  on  the  open  market  by  a 
broker designated by the Company.    In  addition,  the  Company  will  match  5%  of  each 
employee’s  contribution  and  will  pay  all  brokerage  commissions  and  fees  in 
connection  with  each  purchase.    The  amount  of  the  Company  match  is  discretionary 
and  subject  to  change.    The  plan  is  not  intended  to  be  an  employee  benefit  plan 
under  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  and  is  therefore  not 
required to comply with that Act.  Contributions of approximately $28, $10 and $14 
were made by the Company for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 
respectively. 

10. Employee Stock Option Plans 

In  September  1998,  the  Company’s  shareholders  approved  a  stock  option  plan  (the 
“1998  Plan”)  under  which  4,000,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  were  reserved  for  the 
issuance  of  options.  The  1998  Plan  provides  that  employees,  directors  and 
consultants of the Company, at the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors  or  a  duly 
designated compensation committee, be granted options to purchase shares of Common 
Stock.  The  exercise  price  of  each  option  granted  shall  be  determined  by  the  Board 
of Directors at the date of grant, and options under the 1998 Plan expire no later 
than  ten  years  from  the  grant  date.  Options  granted  will  generally  become 
exercisable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  agreement  pursuant  to  which  they 
were  granted.    Certain  option  grants  to  directors  became  exercisable  three  months 
from  the  date  of  grant.    Upon  an  acquisition  of  the  Company  by  merger  or  asset 
sale,  each  outstanding  option  may  be  subject  to  accelerated  vesting  under  certain 
circumstances.  The  1998  Plan  terminated  on  December  31,  2007.    As  of  March  31, 
2008, there were 1,278,734 outstanding options related to this Plan. 

In  October  2005,  the  Company’s  shareholders  approved  a  stock  option  and  incentive 
plan  (the  “2005  Plan”)  under  which  2,400,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  have  been 
reserved  for  the  issuance  of  awards,  including  stock  options,  incentive  stock 
options  and  non-qualified  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted 
stock, unrestricted stock,  restricted  stock  units,  performance  shares,  performance 
units  (including  performance  options)  and  other  share-based  awards.  The  2005  Plan 
provides  that  employees,  directors  and  consultants  of  the  Company,  at  the 
discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors  or  a  duly  designated  compensation  committee, 
be  granted  awards  to  purchase  shares  of  Common  Stock.  The  exercise  price  of  each 

96

 
 
  
 
award granted shall be determined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant in 
accordance with the terms of  the  2005  Plan, and  under  the  2005  Plan  awards  expire 
no later than ten years from the grant date. Options granted will generally become 
exercisable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  agreement  pursuant  to  which  they 
were  granted.    Upon  an  acquisition  of  the  Company  by  merger  or  asset  sale,  each 
outstanding  award  may  be  subject  to  accelerated  vesting  under  certain 
circumstances.  The  2005  Plan  terminates  on  May  25,  2015,  unless  sooner  terminated 
by  the  Board.  At  March  31,  2008,  2,375,000  shares  were  available  for  future  grant 
under the 2005 Plan.  As of  March  31,  2008,  there  were  25,000  outstanding  options 
related to this Plan. 

On  February  8,  2008,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  25,000  options  under  the 
Company’s 2005 Plan to selected employees, at an exercise price equal to the market 
price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($33.51 per share).  The 
options  vest  in  four  equal  annual  installments  beginning  February  8,  2009  and 
expire on February 8, 2013.   

On  November  5,  2007,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  6,000  options  under  the 
Company’s 1998 Plan to an employee, at an exercise price equal to the market price 
of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($33.25 per share).  The options 
vest  in  four  equal  annual  installments  beginning  November  5,  2008  and  expire  on 
November 5, 2012.   

On August 9, 2007, the Board of  Directors  granted  a  total  of  35,000  options  under 
the  Company’s  1998  Plan  to  non-management  directors  pursuant  to  the  Company’s 
previously announced compensation plan for non-management directors, at an exercise 
price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant 
($43.26  per  share).    The  options  vest  in  four  equal  annual  installments  beginning 
August 9, 2008 and expire on August 9, 2012.   

On June 12, 2007, the Board of Directors granted a total of 159,500 options under a 
previously  approved  performance-based  equity  incentive  program  for  selected 
employees  based  on  fiscal  year  2007  performance.    These  shares  were  issued  under 
the Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan at an exercise price equal to the market price 
of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($38.83 per share).  The options 
vest  in  four  equal  annual  installments  beginning  June  12,  2008  and  expire  on  June 
12, 2012.   

On  September  20,  2006,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  a  total  of  35,000  options 
under the Company’s 1998 Plan to non-management directors pursuant to the Company’s 
previously announced compensation plan for non-management directors, at an exercise 
price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant 
($39.81  per  share).    The  options  vest  in  four  equal  annual  installments  beginning 
September 20, 2007 and expire on September 20, 2013.   

On August 11, 2006, the Board of Directors granted a total of 40,000 options under 
the  Company’s  1998  Plan  to  selected  employees  at  an  exercise  price  equal  to  the 
market  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  date  of  the  grant  ($37.09  per 
share).    The  options  vest  in  four  equal  annual  installments  beginning  August  11, 
2007 and expire on August 11, 2011.   

On  July  25,  2006,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  performance-based  equity 
incentive  program  for  employees  to  be  awarded  options  to  purchase  the  Company’s 
common  stock  based  on  meeting  certain  target  increases  in  earnings  per  share 
performance  and  revenue  growth  during  fiscal  year  2007.    The  options  shall  be 
issued pursuant to one of the Company’s shareholder approved option plans, have an 
exercise  price  equal  to  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  shares  on  the  date  of 
grant,  a  term  of  five  years,  vest  in  four  equal  installments  commencing  one  year 

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
following  the  date  of  grant.    The  maximum  number  of  options  originally  available 
under the performance-based equity incentive program plan was 115,000.  On January 
29,  2007,  a  committee  comprised  of  all  the  independent  directors  of  the  Board  of 
Directors  modified  the  Company’s  previously  approved  performance  based  equity 
incentive program for employees.  Modifications to the program included an increase 
in  the  maximum  number  of  options  available  under  the  program  from  115,000  to 
290,000 and revisions to certain revenue targets.  Compensation expense of $425 for 
these  options  was  recorded  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007.    A  total  of  159,500 
options  were  granted  during  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2007  based  on  the 
achievement  of  certain  fiscal  2007  revenue  and  earnings  per  share  performance 
targets included in the fiscal year 2007 equity incentive program.    

On  October  5,  2005,  the  Board  of  Directors    granted  a  total  of    124,000    stock  
options    under    the    Company's    1998  Plan    to  non-management  directors    pursuant  
to    the    Company's      previously    announced  compensation  plan  for    non-management 
directors,  at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company's  common 
stock  on  the  date  of  the  grant  ($34.065  per  share).    The  options  fully  vested  on 
January 5, 2006 and expire on October 5, 2012.  

On  August  8,  2005,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  19,000  options  under  the 
Company’s 1998 Plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market 
price of the Company’s common stock  on  the  date  of  the  grant  ($32.445  per  share).  
The  options  vest  in  four  equal  annual  installments  beginning  August  8,  2006  and 
expire on August 8, 2012.   

98

 
 
 
A summary of stock option transactions during the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 
and 2006 is as follows: 

Number of 
Shares 

Outstanding, March 31, 2005.....  2,169,444  
Granted.........................    143,000  
Exercised.......................  (486,772) 
Forfeited/Canceled..............   (27,300) 
Outstanding, March 31, 2006.....  1,798,372  
Granted.........................     75,000  
Exercised.......................  (411,414) 
Forfeited/Canceled..............        (8) 
Outstanding, March 31, 2007.....  1,461,950  
Granted.........................    225,500  
Exercised.......................  (325,266) 
Forfeited/Canceled..............   (58,450) 
Outstanding, March 31, 2008.....  1,303,734  
Vested and expected to vest, 
March 31, 2008.................. 

1,293,863  

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$13.89  

$33.85  

$9.20  

$12.37  

$16.78  

$38.36  

$14.74  

$3.25  

$18.46  

$38.78  

$14.64  

$21.12  

$22.81  

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value (in 
thousands) 

 $     11,169 

 $     10,393 

4.31 

2.48 

3.33 

3.40 

 $      4,955 

    $     12,220 

$22.79  

3.40 

    $     12,143 

Exercisable, March 31, 2006.....    471,297  
Exercisable, March 31, 2007.....    520,650  
Exercisable, March 31, 2008.....    654,298  

$20.88  

$20.32  

$19.90  

3.26 

    $      7,127 

The  Company  continues  to  utilize  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model  for  estimating 
the fair value of share-based compensation after the adoption of SFAS 123R with the 
following assumptions:  

Year Ended 

Year Ended 

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

Expected life............................... 

   3.75 - 4.01 years   

   3.75 - 4.75 years 

Expected volatility......................... 

    42.37% - 44.81%   

       47.7% - 48.5% 

Expected dividends.......................... 

      2.67% - 3.38%   

      2.05% - 2.36% 

Risk-free rate.............................. 

      2.46% - 5.09%   

       4.53% - 5.09% 

During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008,  25,000  options  were  granted  under  the  2005 
Plan and 200,500 were granted under the 1998 Plan.  During the year ended March 31, 
2007,  75,000  options  were  granted  under  the  1998  Plan.    The  Company  issues  new 
shares  to  satisfy  option  exercises.    Based  on  historical  experience  of  option 
cancellations,  the  Company  has  estimated  an  annualized  forfeiture  rate  of  ranging 
from 1.2% to 1.5% for employee options  and  0.0%  for  director  options  for  the  year 
ended March 31, 2008.  Based on historical experience of option cancellations, the 

99

 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
Company  has  estimated  an  annualized  forfeiture  rate  of  1.2%  for  employee  options 
and  0.0%  for  director  options  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2007.    The  weighted 
average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended March 
31, 2008, 2007 and 2005 was $12.41, $14.33 and $15.23 per share, respectively.  The 
expected  dividend  yield  is  the  average  dividend  rate  during  a  period  equal  to  the 
expected life of the option.   

Non-vested stock award activity including awards for the year ended March 31, 2008 
is summarized as follows: 

Non-vested 
Number of 
Shares 

Non-vested, April 1, 2007.......................       941,300  

Granted.........................................       225,500  

Vested..........................................      (458,914) 

Forfeited/Canceled..............................       (58,450) 

Non-vested, March 31, 2008......................       649,436  

Weighted-Average 
Grant Date Fair 
Value per Share 
 $      7.89  

 $     12.41  

 $      2.93  

 $      9.16  

 $      9.57  

As  of  March  31,  2008,  $4,755  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  costs  related  to 
stock  options  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted  average  period  of  3.54 
years.  This amount does not include the cost of new options that may be granted in 
future  periods  nor  any  changes  in  the  Company’s  forfeiture  percentage.    The  total 
fair value of shares vested during the year ended March 31, 2008 was $1,345.   

11. Commitments and Contingencies 

Litigation.  The  Company  has  experienced  legal  claims  by  parties  asserting  that  it 
has infringed their intellectual property rights.  The Company believes that these 
claims  are  not  material,  are  without  merit,  and  the  Company  intends  to  defend 
against  them  vigorously.    However,  litigation  is  inherently  uncertain,  always 
difficult  to  predict,  and  the  impact  that  these  claims  may  have  on  the  Company’s 
business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  cannot  be  accurately 
ascertained  at  this  time.  The  Company  could  incur  substantial  costs  and  diversion 
of management resources defending any infringement claim – even if it is ultimately 
successful in the defense of such matters.   

Rental  Commitments.    The  Company  leases  facilities  and  offices  under  irrevocable 
operating  lease  agreements  expiring  at  various  dates  through  May  2013  with  rent 
escalation  clauses.  Rent  expense  related  to  these  leases  is  recognized  on  a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  terms.    Rent  expense  for  the  years  ended  March 
31,  2008,  2007  and  2006  was  $2,737,  $2,329  and  $1,634,  respectively.    Rental 
commitments under these agreements are as follows:  

Year Ending March 31,  

2009.............................................................. 

 $     3,156  

2010............................................................ 

       3,131  

2011.............................................................. 

       3,164  

2012.............................................................. 

       1,716  

2013 and beyond................................................... 

         942  

 $    12,109  

100

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Commitments  and  Guarantees.    Software  license  agreements  in  both  the  QSI  and 
NextGen  Divisions  include  a  performance  guarantee  that  the  Company’s  software 
products  will  substantially  operate  as  described  in  the  applicable  program 
documentation for a period of 365 days after delivery. To date, the Company has not 
incurred any significant costs associated with these warranties and does not expect 
to incur significant warranty costs in the future.  Therefore, no accrual has been 
made  for  potential  costs  associated  with  these  warranties.  Certain  arrangements 
also  include  performance  guarantees  related  to  response  time,  availability  for 
operational  use,  and  other  performance-related  guarantees.    Certain  arrangements 
also include penalties in the form of maintenance credits should the performance of 
the software fail to meet the performance guarantees.  To date, the Company has not 
incurred any significant costs associated with these warranties and does not expect 
to incur significant warranty costs in the future.  Therefore, no accrual has been 
made for potential costs associated with these warranties. 

The  Company  has  historically  offered  short-term  rights  of  return  in  certain  sales 
arrangements.  If  the  Company  is  able  to  estimate  returns  for  these  types  of 
arrangements and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met, revenue 
is  recognized  and  these  arrangements  are  recorded  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.    If  the  Company  is  unable  to  estimate  returns  for  these  types  of 
arrangements,  revenue  is  not  recognized  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
until  the  rights  of  return  expire,  provided  also,  that  all  other  criteria  of 
revenue recognition have been met. 

The  Company’s  standard  sales  agreements  in  the  NextGen  Division  contain  an 
indemnification provision pursuant to which it shall indemnify, hold harmless, and 
reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified 
party  in  connection  with  any  United  States  patent,  any  copyright  or  other 
intellectual  property  infringement  claim  by  any  third  party  with  respect  to  its 
software.      The  QSI  Division  arrangements  occasionally  utilize  this  type  of 
language as well.  As the Company has not incurred any significant costs to defend 
lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements, the Company 
believes  that  its  estimated  exposure  on  these  agreements  is  currently  minimal. 
Accordingly,  the  Company  has  no  liabilities  recorded  for  these  indemnification 
obligations.  

From time to time, the Company offers future purchase discounts on its products and 
services as part of its sales arrangements.  Discounts which are incremental to the 
range  of  discounts  reflected  in  the  pricing  of  the  other  elements  of  the 
arrangement,  which  are  incremental  to  the  range  of  discounts  typically  given  in 
comparable  transactions,  and  which  are  significant,  are  treated  as  an  additional 
element  of  the  contract  to  be  deferred.    Amounts  deferred  related  to  future 
purchase  options  are  not  recognized  until  either  the  customer  exercises  the 
discount offer or the offer expires. 

The Company has entered into marketing assistance agreements with existing users of 
the  Company’s  products  which  provide  the  opportunity  for  those  users  to  earn 
commissions  if  and  only  if  they  host  specific  site  visits  upon  the  Company’s 
request  for  prospective  customers  which  directly  result  in  a  purchase  of  the 
Company’s  software  by  the  visiting  prospects.      Amounts  earned  by  existing  users 
under this program are treated as a selling expense in the period when earned.  

12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The  Company’s  financial  instruments  include  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  marketable 
securities,  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable,  deferred  revenue  and  accrued 
liabilities.  Management believes that the fair value of cash and cash equivalents, 

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable,  deferred  revenue,  and  accrued  liabilities 
approximate  their  carrying  values  due  to  the  short-term  nature  of  these 
instruments.   

Marketable  securities  are  recorded  at  fair  value,  based  on  quoted  market  rates  or 
on valuation analysis when appropriate, with unrealized gains and losses reflected 
as  a  separate  component  of  shareholders'  equity  titled  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, until realized or until a determination is 
made  that  an  other-than-temporary  decline  in  market  value  has  occurred  (see  also 
Notes 2 and 4).  

13. Operating Segment Information 

The Company has prepared operating segment information in accordance with SFAS 131 
“Disclosures  About  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information”  to  report 
components  that  are  evaluated  regularly  by  its  chief  operating  decision  maker,  or 
decision  making  group  in  deciding  how  to  allocate  resources  and  in  assessing 
performance. Reportable operating segments include the NextGen Division and the QSI 
Division.   

The  two  divisions  operate  largely  as  stand-alone  operations,  with  each  division 
maintaining  its  own  distinct  product  lines,  product  platforms,  development, 
implementation  and  support  teams,  sales  staffing,  and  branding.  The  two  divisions 
share the resources of the Company’s “corporate office” which includes a variety of 
accounting  and  other  administrative  functions.  Additionally,  there  are  a  small 
number  of  clients  who  are  simultaneously  utilizing  software  from  each  of  the 
Company’s two divisions.   

The  QSI  Division,  co-located  with  the  Company’s  Corporate  Headquarters  in  Irvine, 
California,  currently  focuses  on  developing,  marketing  and  supporting  software 
suites  sold  to  dental  and  certain  niche  medical  practices.  In  addition,  the 
division  supports  a  number  of  medical  clients  that  utilize  the  division’s  UNIXa 
based  medical  practice  management  software  product.    The  NextGen  Division,  with 
headquarters  in  Horsham,  Pennsylvania,  and  a  second  significant  location  in 
Atlanta,  Georgia,  focuses  principally  on  developing  and  marketing  products  and 
services for medical practices. 

The  accounting  policies  of  the  Company’s  operating  segments  are  the  same  as  those 
described  in  Note  2  -  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  except  that  the 
disaggregated  financial  results  of  the  segments  reflect  allocation  of  certain 
functional expense categories consistent with the basis and manner in which Company 
management  internally  disaggregates  financial  information  for  the  purpose  of 
assisting  in  making  internal  operating  decisions.    Certain  corporate  overhead 
costs, such as executive and accounting department personnel-related expenses, are 
not  allocated  to  the  individual  segments  by  management.  Management  evaluates 
performance  based  on  stand-alone  segment  operating  income.    Because  the  Company 
does  not  evaluate  performance  based  on  return  on  assets  at  the  operating  segment 
level,  assets  are  not  tracked  internally  by  segment.  Therefore,  segment  asset 
information is not presented.   

a UNIX is a registered trademark of the AT&T Corporation.    

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                      
 
Operating segment data for the three years ended March 31 was as follows: 

2008 

Revenue: 

QSI 
Division 

NextGen 
Division 

Unallocated 
Corporate 
Expenses 

   Consolidated 

 $ 16,037      $ 170,463       $        -         $    186,500 

Operating income(loss): 

    3,662         66,558           (10,831)            59,389 

2007 

Revenue: 

   16,589        140,576                -              157,165 

Operating income(loss): 

    4,391         56,317            (9,830)            50,878 

2006 

Revenue: 

   15,544        103,743                -              119,287 

Operating income(loss): 

 $  3,610      $  40,245       $    (8,037)      $     35,818 

14. Customer Concentration 

No customer represented more than 10% of gross accounts receivable as of March 31, 
2008.    One  customer  represented  approximately  12.5%  of  total  gross  accounts 
receivable as of March 31, 2007.   

15.  Subsequent Events 

On  May  16,  2008,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  to  acquire  Lackland 
Acquisition  II,  LLC  dba  Healthcare  Strategic  Initiatives  (HSI),  a  full-service 
healthcare  revenue  management  company  servicing  healthcare  clients.    The 
acquisition  was  made  under  the  terms  of  an  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  resulting 
in  HSI  becoming  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  QSI.    The  closing  of  the  HSI 
acquisition occurred on May 20, 2008.  The purchase price consists of approximately 
$15,400  plus  up  to  approximately  $1,650  in  incentives  tied  to  future  performance.  
The $15,400 consists of approximately equal parts of cash and restricted QSI common 
stock, subject to restrictions on resale lapsing over a two year period. 

On May 29, 2008, the Board declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on 
the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record 
as  of  June  13,  2008  with  an  anticipated  distribution  date  of  July  2,  2008.  The 
Company  anticipates  that  future  quarterly  dividends,  if  and  when  declared  by  the 
Board pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or about the fifth 
day of each of the months of October, January, April and July, subject to review by 
the Board of Directors. 

16. Selected Quarterly Operating Results (unaudited) 

The following table presents quarterly unaudited consolidated financial information 
for  the  eight  quarters  in  the  period  ended  March  31,  2008.    Such  information  is 
presented on the same basis as the annual information presented in the accompanying 
consolidated  financial  statements.    In  management’s  opinion,  this  information 
reflects all adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results 
for these periods.  

103

  
 
  
  
    
     
     
  
  
    
     
     
  
    
     
     
  
  
    
     
     
  
    
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPARISON BY QUARTER 

Quarter Ended (Unaudited) 

6/30/06  9/30/06  12/31/06  3/31/07  6/30/07  9/30/07  12/31/07  3/31/08 

Revenue: 
Software, 
hardware and 
supplies 
Implementati
on and 
training 
  Total 
System sales 

$15,029  $16,737   $16,088  $21,017  $16,739  $18,514 

$20,591   $20,519  

2,954 

2,848 

2,885 

3,490 

3,248 

3,182 

3,115 

3,861 

17,983 

19,585 

18,973 

24,507 

19,987 

21,696 

23,706 

24,380 

Maintenance 

9,399 

9,639 

11,069 

11,841 

12,559 

13,442 

14,861 

15,593 

EDI 
Other 
services 
Total 
Maintenance, 
EDI and        
Other 
services 
  Total 
revenue 
Cost of 
revenue: 
Software, 
hardware and 
supplies 
Implementati
on and 
training 
Total cost 
of system 
sales 

3,977 

4,066 

4,290 

4,716 

5,024 

5,406 

5,739 

6,281 

4,715 

4,169 

4,164 

4,072 

4,462 

4,602 

3,784 

4,978 

18,091 

17,874 

19,523 

20,629 

22,045 

23,450 

24,384 

26,852 

36,074 

37,459 

38,496 

45,136 

42,032 

45,146 

48,090 

51,232 

1,689 

1,723 

1,798 

3,243 

2,488 

2,477 

2,984 

2,938 

1,963 

2,154 

2,169 

2,249 

2,409 

2,423 

2,638 

2,871 

3,652 

3,877 

3,967 

5,492 

4,897 

4,900 

5,622 

5,809 

Maintenance 

3,137 

2,792 

3,058 

2,847 

3,127 

3,033 

3,131 

3,155 

EDI 
Other 
services 
  Total cost 
of 
Maintenance, 
EDI and 
Other 
services 
  Total cost 
of revenue 

2,780 

2,926 

3,144 

3,331 

3,509 

3,742 

4,162 

4,363 

1,888 

2,238 

2,528 

3,127 

3,009 

3,100 

3,233 

3,709 

7,805 

7,956 

8,730 

9,305 

9,645 

9,875 

10,526 

11,227 

11,457 

11,833 

12,697 

14,797 

14,542 

14,775 

16,148 

17,036 

Gross profit 

24,617 

25,626 

25,799 

30,339 

27,490 

30,371 

31,942 

34,196 

Selling, 
general and 
administrati
ve 

10,200 

9,994 

10,593 

14,550 

12,643 

13,188 

13,283 

14,146 

Research and     

 development 
Income from 
operations 

2,318 

2,591 

2,601 

2,656 

2,800 

2,688 

2,874 

2,988 

12,099 

13,041 

12,605 

13,133 

12,047 

14,495 

15,785 

17,062 

104

  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Interest 
income 

Other income 
Income 
before 
provision 
for income 
taxes 
Provision 
for income 
taxes 

Net income 
Net income 
per share – 
basic* 
Net income 
per share – 
diluted* 
Weighted 
average 
shares 
outstanding 
– basic 
Weighted 
average 
shares 
outstanding 
– diluted 

667 

819 

935 

885 

739 

645 

     -        -         -        -        -        -  

710 

953 

567 

     -  

12,766 

13,860 

13,540 

14,018 

12,786 

15,140 

17,448 

17,629 

5,097 

5,523 

4,819 

5,513 

4,846 

5,468 

6,234 

6,377 

$7,669 

$8,337  

$8,721 

$8,505 

$7,940 

$9,672 

$11,214   $11,252  

$0.29 

$0.31  

$0.32 

$0.31 

$0.29 

$0.35 

$0.41  

$0.41  

$0.28 

$0.30  

$0.32 

$0.31 

$0.29 

$0.35 

$0.40  

$0.41  

26,714 

26,802 

26,966 

27,049 

27,134 

27,287 

27,362 

27,408  

27,232 

27,380 

27,507 

27,600 

27,657 

27,718 

27,696 

27,712  

*   Will not add to annual EPS due to rounding 

105

  
  
 
 
Schedule II 

ALLOWNANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS 
(in thousands) 

For the Year Ended 

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

March 31, 2006 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Year 

Additions 
Charged to Costs 
and Expenses 

Deductions 

Balance at 
End of Year 

 $      2,438     

 $   1,171     $  (1,081)      $     2,528 

 $      2,556     

 $   1,480     $  (1,598)      $     2,438 

 $      1,837     

 $   1,181     $    (462)      $     2,556 

ALLOWNANCE FOR INVENTORY OBSOLESCENCE 
(in thousands) 

For the Year Ended 

March 31, 2008 

March 31, 2007 

March 31, 2006 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Year 

Additions 
Charged to Costs 
and Expenses 

Deductions 

Balance at 
End of Year 

 $        324    

 $      52     $    (153)      $       223 

 $        304    

 $      35     $     (15)      $       324 

 $        146    

 $     179     $     (21)      $       304 

106

 
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
     
    
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
     
 
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS ATTACHED TO THIS REPORT 

EXHIBIT 
NUMBER 

DESCRIPTION 

10.27 

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 16, 2008 by and among Quality 
Systems, Inc., Bud Merger Sub, LLC and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC. 

10.28 

Office  lease  between  the  Company  and  LAKESHORE  TOWERS  LIMITED 
PARTNERSHIP  PHASE  II,  a  California  limited  partnership,  dated 
October 18, 2007.  

10.29 

Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National 
Life  Insurance  Company  and  Lackland  Acquisition  II,  LLC,  dated 
November 28, 2001. 

10.30 

First  Amendment  to  Standard  Service  Center  Lease  Agreement  between 
the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition 
II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005. 

10.31 

Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National 
Life  Insurance  Company  and  InfoNow  Solutions  of  St.  Louis,  LLC, 
dated November 28, 2001.   

10.32 

Second  Amendment  to  Service  Center  Lease  Agreement  between  the  TM 
Properties,  LLC,  successor  to  the  Lincoln  National  Life  Insurance 
Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005. 

10.33 

Assignment of Lease between InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, Lackland 
Acquisition II, LLC and TM Properties, LLC dated August 17, 2005. 

21 

23 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

List of Subsidiaries 

Consent  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  –  Grant 
Thornton LLP 

Certification  of  Principal  Executive  Officer  Required  by  Rule  13a-
14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted 
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Certification  of  Principal  Financial  Officer  Required  by  Rule  13a-
14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted 
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
Pursuant  to  18 U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  Adopted  Pursuant  to  Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   

107

 
 
 
EXHIBIT 21 

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC. 
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES 

1.  NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. 
2.  Lackland Acquisition II, LLC 

108

 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 23 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  have  issued  our  reports  dated  June  5,  2008,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated 
financial  statements,  schedule,  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
included  in  the  Annual  Report  of  Quality  Systems,  Inc.  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year 
ended March 31, 2008.  We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said 
reports in the Registration Statements of Quality Systems, Inc. on Forms S-8 (File 
No.  33-31949,  effective  November  6,  1989,  File  No.  33-63131,  effective  September 
10, 1989, File No. 333-67115, effective November 12, 1998 and File No. 333-129752, 
effective November 16, 2005).  

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Irvine, California 
June 5, 2008 

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER REQUIRED BY 
RULE 13A-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Louis E. Silverman, certify that:  

1.  I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Quality Systems, Inc.; 
2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a 
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 
made, in light of the circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial 
information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects 
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant 
as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for 
establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f))  for  the 
registrant and have: 

(a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to 
ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such 
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, 
to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness 
of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and  

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control 
over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most  recent 
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our 
most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the 
registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or 
operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably 
likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and  

(b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other 
employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over 
financial reporting.  

Date: June 10, 2008  

By: /s/ LOUIS E. SILVERMAN 
Louis E. Silverman, 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.2 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER REQUIRED BY 
RULE 13A-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Paul A. Holt, certify that:  

1.  I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Quality Systems, Inc.; 

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a 
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 
made, in light of the circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial 
information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects 
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant 
as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for 
establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f))  for  the 
registrant and have: 

(a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to 
ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such 
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, 
to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness 
of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and  

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control 
over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most  recent 
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our 
most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the 
registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or 
operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably 
likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and  

(b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other 
employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over 
financial reporting.  

Date: June 10, 2008  

By: /s/ PAUL A. HOLT 
Paul A. Holt, 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 32.1 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In  connection  with  the  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  of  Quality  Systems,  Inc. 
(the  “Company”)  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  (the  “Report”),  the  undersigned 
hereby  certify  in  their  capacities  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer  of  the  Company,  respectively,  pursuant  to  18 U.S.C.  section  1350,  as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

1. 

the  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or 

15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and 

2. 

the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all 
material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the 
Company. 

Dated: June 10, 2008 

By: /s/ LOUIS E. SILVERMAN____ 

Dated: June 10, 2008 

Louis E. Silverman 
Chief 
executive officer) 

Executive 

Officer 

(principal 

By: /s/ PAUL A. HOLT 
Paul A. Holt 
Chief 
financial officer) 

Financial 

Officer 

(principal 

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, DC 20549 

FORM 10-K/A 
AMENDMENT NO. 1 

ANNUAL REPORT 
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

(Mark One) 
[X] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 

or 

[   ] 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from _____________ to _______________ 

Commission file number:  0-13801

Quality Systems, Inc. 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

California 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

95-2888568 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 600,  Irvine, California 92612 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

(949) 255-2600
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share 
(Title of each class) 

Nasdaq Global Select Market 
(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 
(Title of class)

-1- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of 

the Securities Act. 
Yes    No  X   

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 

Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes        No  X   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by 
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for 
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   X     No ___ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K 
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive 
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K.  [  X_] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a 
non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” 
“accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer ___ 

Accelerated filer X  

Non-accelerated filer ___  

Smaller reporting company ___ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the 

Exchange Act).  Yes        No X   

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of 
September 30, 2007: $640,154,000 (based on the closing sales price of the Registrant’s common 
stock as reported in the NASDAQ National Market System on that date, $36.63 per share).* (1)  

The Registrant has no non-voting common equity. 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant’s classes of common stock, as 

of the latest practicable date. 

Common Stock, $.01 par value 
(Class)

27,765,027 
(Outstanding at July 18, 2008) 

* For purposes of this Report, in addition to those shareholders which fall within the 

definition of “affiliates” under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, holders of ten 
percent or more of the Registrant’s common stock are deemed to be affiliates for purposes of this 
Report. 

(1)   On January 31, 2006, the registrant declared a 2-for-1 stock split with respect to its 

outstanding shares of common stock for shareholders of record on March 3, 2006.  On February 2, 
2005, the registrant declared a 2-for-1 stock split with respect to its outstanding shares of common 

-2- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
stock for shareholders of record on March 4, 2005. All share prices and share amounts set forth herein 
have been retroactively adjusted to reflect such stock splits. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

None. 

EXPLANATORY NOTE 

      This Amendment No. 1 to Form 10-K is being filed to include the information required by Part 
III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14. 

-3- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part III 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

DIRECTORS 

The following persons are directors of our company: 

Patrick B. Cline, age 47, is a director and since 1996 has been President of our NextGen 
Healthcare  Information  Systems  Division  (formerly,  Clinitec).  He  served  as  our  interim  Chief 
Executive  Officer  for  the  April  to  July  2000  period.  Mr.  Cline  was  a  co-founder  of  Clinitec;  a 
company  we  acquired  in  1996,  and  has  served  as  its  President  from  its  inception  in  January  1994.  
Prior to co-founding Clinitec, Mr. Cline served from July 1987 to January 1994 as Vice President of 
Sales and Marketing with Script Systems, a subsidiary of InfoMed, a healthcare information systems 
company.  From  January  1994  to  May  1994,  after  the  founding  of  Clinitec,  Mr.  Cline  continued  to 
serve, on a part-time basis, as Script Systems’ Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Mr. Cline has 
held senior positions in the healthcare information systems industry since 1981. Mr. Cline has been a 
director of our company since 2005. 

Philip N. Kaplan, age 41, was elected as a director on June 30, 2008.  Mr. Kaplan is Chief 
Executive  Officer  of  Deer  Valley  Ventures,  LLC,  a  managed  hosting  and  virtualization  technology 
company.    From  February  2007  to  June  2008,  Mr.  Kaplan  served  as  Chief  Strategy  Officer  of 
Internap  Network  Services  Corporation  (NASDAQ:  INAP),  which  acquired  VitalStream  Holdings, 
Inc (NASDAQ: VSTH) in February 2007.  Mr. Kaplan co-founded VitalStream in 2000 and served as 
its  initial  Chief  Operating  Officer  until  2004  and  as  a  member  of  its  Board  of  Directors  until  its 
acquisition by Internap.  In 2004, he was named President of VitalStream and held that position until 
the February 2007 acquisition.  Previously, Mr. Kaplan co-founded AnaServe, Inc. in 1995, an early 
e-commerce web hosting company, which was acquired by Concentric Network Corp. in 1998.  Mr. 
Kaplan  attended  the  University  of  California,  Davis  from  which  he  received  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 
Economics, with a minor in Russian language. 

Vincent  J.  Love,  age  67,  is  a  director  and  is  the  managing  partner  of  Kramer,  Love  & 
Cutler, LLP, a financial consulting group where he has worked since 1994.  He was employed by the 
accounting firm Ernst & Young from 1967 to 1994, and served as a partner of that firm from 1979 to 
1994. He is a member of Counsel, the governing body, of the American Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants  and  an  honorary  member  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  American  Arbitration 
Association.  He is on the Editorial Board of the CPA Journal where he often authors book reviews 
and articles and is a frequent lecturer on accounting, auditing, ethics and corporate governance issues 
at accounting and legal conferences.  He has appeared as a guest on television and radio programs to 
discuss regulation of the accounting profession and issues related to financial reporting, the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act and corporate governance, including appearances on the NewsHour with Jim Lehrer and 
programs broadcast on BBC, CNBC, Bloomberg TV and CBS MarketWatch (webcast).  He achieved 
the rank of Captain in the U.S. Army, has a B.B.A. from the City College of New York, and is a New 

-4- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
York,  Ohio,  and  Connecticut  certified  public  accountant.  Mr.  Love  has  been  a  director  of  our 
company since 2004. 

Russell Pflueger, age 44, is a director and since 2002 has been the Founder, Chairman and 
Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Quiescence  Medical,  Inc.,  a  medical  device  development  company.  
During  2001  and  2002,  he  founded  and  served  as  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Pain 
Concepts, Inc, a medical device company. He holds a chemical engineering degree from Texas A&M 
University and an MBA from the University of California at Irvine. Mr. Pflueger has been a director 
of our company since 2006. 

Steven T. Plochocki, age 56, is a director and is presently a private healthcare investor. .  
From February 2007 to May 2008 he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Omniflight 
Helicopter, Inc., a Dallas-based air medical services company. From October 2006 through February 
2007  Mr.  Plochocki  was  a  private  investor  in  the  healthcare  sector.    He  previously  served  as  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  Director  of  Trinity  Hospice,  a  national  hospice  provider  from  October  2004 
through October 2006. Prior to joining Trinity Hospice, he was Chief Executive Officer of InSight, a 
national provider of diagnostic imaging services from November 1999 to August 2004. He was Chief 
Executive Officer of Centratex Support Services, Inc., a support services company for the healthcare 
industry and had previously held other senior level positions with healthcare industry firms. He holds 
B.A.  in  Journalism  and  Public  Relations  from  Wayne  State  University  and  a  Master’s  degree  in 
Business Management from  Central Michigan University. Mr. Plochocki has been a director of our 
company since 2004. 

Sheldon Razin, age 70, is a director.  He is the founder of our company and has served as 
our  Chairman  of  the  Board  since  our  inception  in  1974.  He  served  as  our  Chief  Executive  Officer 
from  1974  until  April  2000.  Since  its  inception  until  April  2000,  he  also  served  as  our  President, 
except for the period from August 1990 to August 1991. Additionally, Mr. Razin served as Treasurer 
from our inception until October 1982. Prior to founding our company, he held various technical and 
managerial positions with Rockwell International Corporation and was a founder of our predecessor, 
Quality Systems, a sole proprietorship engaged in the development of software for commercial and 
space  applications  and  in  management  consulting  work.  Mr.  Razin  holds  a  B.S.  degree  in 
Mathematics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

Ibrahim Fawzy, age 68, is a director and the President of Fawzy Consultancy, which does 
work  in  the  fields  of  industry  and  investment  in  Egypt  and  the  Arab  world.      He  is  a  director  of 
Olympic Group for Financial Investments, Egyptians Abroad Investment and Development Co. and 
Egyptians  Abroad  for  Portfolio  Management,  all  publicly-held  companies  based  in  Egypt.    He  also 
serves  as  the  Chairman  of  Egyptians  Co.  for  Housing,  Development &  Reconstruction,  a  publicly-
held company based in Egypt. He has been a director of our company since 2005. 

Ahmed Hussein, age 67, is a director.  He is the Chairman of the Board of Directors of 
National Investment Company, Cairo, Egypt.  He founded National Investment Company in 1996 and 
has served as a member of its Board of Directors since its inception and as Chairman since 1999.   He 
served as a Senior Vice President of Dean Witter from 1993 to 1996.  He is a director of the Six of 
October University, and the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Nobria Agriculture, a publicly 
held Egyptian company.  He has been a director of our company since 1999.  

-5- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Edwin Hoffman, age 70, is currently a self-employed engineering consultant.  From 1972 to 

2001, he was Co-Founder and President of Osborne-Hoffman Inc., a company that developed and 
marketed products for the security industry. He holds a BSEE from the City College of New York 
and a MSEE and PhD from the Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn.  He has been a director of our 
company since 2006. 

-6- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

The following persons are non-director executive officers of our company: 

Louis E. Silverman, age 49, joined our company as President and Chief Executive Officer 
in July 2000. Mr. Silverman also served as a director of our company from May 25, 2005 to June 29, 
2008.    Mr.  Silverman  was  previously  Chief  Operations  Officer  of  CorVel  Corp.,  a  publicly  traded 
national  managed  care  services  and  technology  firm  with  headquarters  in  Irvine,  California.  Mr. 
Silverman  holds  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  degree  from  Harvard  Graduate  School  of 
Business  Administration  and  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  from  Amherst  College.    Mr.  Silverman 
provided  his  notice  of  resignation  from  all  positions  with  our  Company  on  June  18,  2008,  to  be 
effective August 16, 2008.  Mr. Silverman’s Board service terminated on June 30, 2008.   

Donn E. Neufeld, age 51, was appointed Senior Vice President and General Manager, QSI 
Division, on April 29, 2008.   Mr. Neufeld has served as our Vice President Software and Operations 
since  January  1996.   He  served  as  our  Vice  President  of  Operations  from  June  1986  until  January 
1996.      From  April  1981  until  June  1986,  Mr.  Neufeld  held  the  position  of  Manager  of  Customer 
Support.   He joined our company in 1980.  

Paul A. Holt, age 42, was appointed Chief Financial Officer in November 2000. Mr. Holt 
served as our Controller from January 2000 to May 2000 and was appointed interim Chief Financial 
Officer  in  May  2000.  Prior  to  joining  us,  Mr.  Holt  was  the  Controller  of  Sierra  Alloys  Co.,  Inc.,  a 
titanium  metal  manufacturing  company  from  August  1999  to  December  1999.  From  May  1997  to 
July  1999,  he  was  Controller  of  Refrigeration  Supplies  Distributor,  a  wholesale  distributor  and 
manufacturer of refrigeration supplies and heating controls. From March 1995 to April 1997 he was 
Assistant Controller of Refrigeration Supplies Distributor. Mr. Holt is a Certified Public Accountant 
and holds an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California and a B.A. in Economics from the 
University of California, Irvine. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Under  Section  16(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (“Exchange 
Act”), our directors and executive officers and any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of 
our  outstanding  common  stock  (“reporting  persons”)  are  required  to  report  their  initial  beneficial 
ownership of our common stock and any subsequent changes in that ownership to the Commission 
and Nasdaq. Reporting persons are required by Commission regulations to furnish to us copies of all 
reports they file in accordance with Section 16(a). 

Based  solely  upon  our  review  of  the  copies  of  such  reports  received  by  us,  or  written 
representations  from  certain  reporting  persons  that  no  other  reports  were  required,  we  believe  that 
during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to our 
reporting persons were met. 

-7- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Code of Ethics 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our Chief 

Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial 
and accounting officer). This Code is posted on our Internet Website located at www.qsii.com.  The 
Code may be found as follows: From our main Web page, first click on “company info” and then on 
“corporate governance.” We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K 
regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the Code by posting such information on 
our Website, at the address and location specified above. 

Audit Committee 

Our Board has an Audit Committee, established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of 

the Exchange Act, that since June 30, 2008 has consisted of Messrs. Love, Plochocki, Hoffman and 
Kaplan. Our Audit Committee is comprised entirely of “independent” (as defined in Rule 4200(a)(15) 
of the Nasdaq listing standards) directors and operates under a written charter adopted by our Board. 
The duties of our Audit Committee include meeting with our independent public accountants to 
review the scope of the annual audit and to review our quarterly and annual financial statements 
before the statements are released to our shareholders. Our Audit Committee also evaluates the 
independent public accountants’ performance and determines whether the independent registered 
public accounting firm should be retained by us for the ensuing fiscal year. In addition, our Audit 
Committee reviews our internal accounting and financial controls and reporting systems practices and 
is responsible for reviewing, approving and ratifying all related party transactions.  Our Audit 
Committee’s current charter is posted on our Internet website at www.qsii.com. Our Audit Committee 
and our Board have confirmed that our Audit Committee does and will continue to include at least 
three independent members. Our Audit Committee and our Board have confirmed that Mr. Love met 
applicable Nasdaq listing standards for designation as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” and for 
being “independent.” 

-8- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION AND RELATED INFORMATION 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis 

Compensation Philosophy, Objectives and Components 

This  section  discusses  the  principles  underlying  our  executive  compensation  policies  and 
decisions  and  the  most  important  factors  relevant  to  an  analysis  of  these  policies  and  decisions.  It 
provides qualitative information regarding the manner and context in which compensation is awarded 
to and earned by our executive officers and places in perspective the data presented in the tables and 
narrative that follow. 

Our  Compensation  Committee  has  responsibility  for  establishing  our  compensation 
philosophy  and  making  recommendations  to  our  Board  consistent  with  that  philosophy.  Our 
Compensation Committee seeks to ensure that the total compensation paid to our “named executive 
officers”  (as  defined  above  our  “Summary  Compensation  Table  for  Fiscal  Year  Ended  March  31, 
2008”) is fair, reasonable and competitive.  

Our  Compensation  Committee  believes  that  the  most  effective  executive  compensation 
program is one that is designed to reward the achievement of specific annual, long-term and strategic 
goals  by  our  company,  and  which  aligns  executives’  interests  with  those  of  our  shareholders  and 
customers  by  rewarding  performance  above  established  goals,  with  the  ultimate  objective  of 
improving shareholder value and customer satisfaction. Our Compensation Committee evaluates both 
performance  and  compensation  to  ensure  that  we  maintain  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  superior 
employees  in  key  executive  positions  and  that  compensation  provided  to  key  executive  employees 
remains  competitive relative to the  compensation paid to similarly situated executives. To that end, 
our  Compensation  Committee  believes  that  the  executive  compensation  packages  for  our  named 
executive officers should include both cash and equity-based compensation that reward performance 
as measured against established goals. 

Our  Compensation  Committee  reviews  and  makes  recommendations  to  our  Board  for 
approval  regarding  annual  base  salaries;  incentive  bonuses,  including  specific  goals  and  amounts;  
equity  compensation;  employment  agreements,  severance  arrangements,  and  change-in-control 
agreements/provisions; and any other benefits or compensation for our named executive officers. For 
the  purpose  of  approving  the  compensation  of  our  named  executive  officers,  the  independent 
members of our Board meet in executive session to consider and act upon the recommendations of the 
Compensation Committee. Also to the extent there is a deadlock in our Compensation Committee, an 
Independent Directors Compensation Committee is constituted to act upon such recommendations. 

Our  Compensation  Committee  annually  assesses  the  performance  of  each  of  the  named 
executive officers, though these assessments are not part of a formal review process, and to date have 
not been shared with the named executive officers.   

-9- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Compensation Committee has, from time to time, engaged independent compensation 
consultants  to  advise  it  on  matters  of  Board,  executive,  and  equity  compensation.    Compensation 
consultants were most recently utilized in 2005.  Our Compensation Committee also consults publicly 
available  compensation  data  from  time  to  time  as  part  of  its  Board,  executive  and  equity 
compensation decisions.   

Key components of our compensation program for  fiscal year 2008 were base salary and 
cash and equity incentive programs. Our Compensation Committee views the various components of 
compensation  as  related  but  distinct.  A  significant  percentage  of  total  compensation  is  allocated  to 
incentives as a result of the philosophy mentioned above. Our Compensation Committee determines 
the  appropriate  level  for  each  compensation  component  based  in  part,  but  not  exclusively,  on  our 
view  of  internal  equity  and  consistency,  and  other  considerations  we  deem  relevant,  such  as 
rewarding extraordinary performance. Our Compensation Committee has not adopted any formal or 
informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid out 
compensation,  between  cash  and  non-cash  compensation,  or  among  different  forms  of  non-cash 
compensation. 

Base Salary 

We  provide  named  executive  officers  with  base  salaries  to  compensate  them  for  services 
rendered during the fiscal year. Base salaries for named executive officers are determined based on 
positions  and  responsibilities  using  available  market  data  and  considering  individual  performance, 
company  performance,  future  contribution  potential,  peer  compensation  levels  and  internal  equity 
issues. The weight given to each of these factors can vary from individual to individual. Base salaries 
are  intended  to  be  set  at  levels  that,  in  combination  with  other  compensation  vehicles,  offer  the 
potential  to  attract,  retain,  and  motivate  qualified  individuals.  Base  salaries  are  targeted  to  be 
moderate yet competitive.  

Salary levels are typically considered annually as part of our Compensation  Committee’s 
performance  review  process.    Based  on  the  above  principles,  on  May  31,  2007,  our  Compensation 
Committee  recommended  that  our  Board  set  base  salaries  for  our  named  executive  officers  as 
follows: 

•  Mr. Silverman – $440,000 (increased from $400,000), effective November 1, 2007; 
•  Mr. Holt – $250,000 (increased from $230,000), effective July 23,2007; 
•  Mr. Cline – $495,000 (increased from $450,000), effective November 1, 2007; and 
•  Mr. Flynn – $250,000 (increased from $230,000), effective November 1, 2007. 

Cash and Equity Incentive Programs 

Fiscal Year 2008 Incentive Program Terms 

-10- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  May  31,  2007,  our  Compensation  Committee  recommended  that  our  Board  establish 
cash  and  equity  incentive  bonus  programs  for  fiscal  year  2008.  Bonus  criteria  for  our  named 
executive officers were set as follows: 

•  Mr. Silverman was eligible for cash compensation up to $475,000 based on meeting 
certain  target  increases  in  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  performance  and  revenue 
growth  during  the  fiscal  year  as  well  as  meeting  certain  operational  requirements 
established  by  our  Board  of  Directors.    Of  the  total  $475,000  potential  cash 
compensation,  40%  was  allocated  to  the  EPS  performance  criteria,  40%  was 
allocated  to  the  revenue  growth  criteria  and  the  remaining  20%  was  discretionary 
and was allocated in part to the operational requirements criteria; 

•  Mr.  Holt  was  eligible  for  cash  compensation  of  up  to  $80,000  based  upon  the 
achievement  of  certain  qualitative  goals  as  approved  by  the  Compensation 
Committee and our Board of Directors;  

•  Mr.  Cline  was  eligible  for  cash  compensation  of  up  to $550,000  based  on  meeting 
certain  target  increases  in  EPS  performance  and  revenue  growth  during  the  fiscal 
year as well as meeting certain operational requirements established by our Board of 
Directors.  Of the total $550,000 potential cash compensation, 40% was allocated to 
the EPS performance criteria, 40% was allocated to the revenue growth criteria and 
the  remaining  20%  was  discretionary  and  was  allocated  in  part  to  the  operational 
requirements; and 

•  Mr.  Gregory  Flynn,  former  Executive  Vice  President  and  General  Manager,  QSI 
Division,  was  eligible  for  cash  compensation  of  up  to  $80,000  based  upon  the 
achievement  of  certain  qualitative  and  quantitative  goals  related  to  both  QSI 
Division  performance  and  other  corporate  objectives  as  approved  by 
the 
Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors.  Of the total $80,000 potential 
cash  compensation,  payment  of  up  to  $50,000  was  based  on  achievement  of 
quantitative  goals,  and  payment  of  the  remaining  amount  (up  to  the  $80,000  total) 
was discretionary based on achievement of qualitative goals.  Mr. Flynn passed away 
on September 26, 2007. 
 Mr. Neufeld was appointed the Senior Vice President and General Manager of the 
QSI Division on April 29, 2008, assuming the duties of Mr. Gregory Flynn, and did 
not participate in the cash and equity incentive program during fiscal year 2008. 

• 

For  fiscal  year  2008,  with  respect  to  the  amount  of  the  cash  bonus  payable  to  Messrs. 
Silverman  and  Cline  attributable  to  revenue  growth,  targets  for  revenue  growth  of  28%,  32%,  36% 
and 40% corresponded to 20%, 40%, 70% and 100%, respectively, of such award.  With respect to 
the  amount  of  the  cash  bonus  payable  to  Messrs.  Silverman  and  Cline  attributable  to  EPS  growth, 
targets  for  EPS  growth  of  35%,  40%,  45%  and  50%  corresponded  to  20%,  40%,  70%  and  100%, 
respectively, of such award.  None of the foregoing targets were achieved. 

On  May  31,  2007,  our  Compensation  Committee  and  Board  also  approved  an  equity 
incentive program for fiscal year 2008, covering employees in our operating divisions as well as our 
corporate  staff  as  groups  and  each  of  our  named  executive  officers.  The  same  quantitative  revenue 
and EPS criteria referenced above were adopted to determine eligibility for option grants under the 

-11- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
incentive  program,  with  50%  of  the  available  equity  incentive  tied  to  performance  against  Board-
established EPS criteria and 50% of the available equity incentive tied to performance against Board-
established  revenue  criteria.    None  of  the  EPS  or  revenue  criteria  were  met  and  no  cash  or  equity 
payments were made under the program. 

Under the equity incentive plan for fiscal year 2008, our named executive officers became 
eligible to receive an aggregate of up to 160,000 options (unchanged from the prior year in aggregate 
and individual amounts) to purchase our common stock based on meeting certain target increases in 
EPS and/or revenue during fiscal year 2008 as follows:  

•  Mr. Silverman – up to 40,000 options;  
•  Mr. Holt – up to 10,000 options;  
•  Mr. Cline – up to 100,000 options; and 
•  Mr. Flynn – up to 10,000 options. 

The options were to be issued pursuant to standard stock option agreements under one of 
our  shareholder-approved  option  plans  and  would  have  an  exercise  price  equal  to  the  closing  sale 
price of our shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market as of the date of grant, a term of five years, 
and vest in four equal annual installments commencing one year following grant date. 

Fiscal Year 2008 Incentive Program Payouts 

On  May  29,  2008,  our  Compensation  Committee  and  the  independent  members  of  our 
Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  issuance  of  the  following  awards  under  the  cash  and  equity 
compensation components of our incentive compensation programs for fiscal year 2008: 

•  Mr. Silverman received no cash and no options; 
•  Mr. Holt received cash totaling $80,000 and no options. 
•  Mr. Cline received cash totaling $110,000 attributable to the discretionary component 

and no options. 

•  Mr. Flynn passed away on September 26, 2007. 

The above cash payments were made following the filing of our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
March 31, 2008: 

Fiscal Year 2009 Incentive Program Terms 

On June 23, 2008, our Special Compensation Committee and an executive session of our 
Board, each comprised of all of our independent directors, approved a compensation program for our 
named executive officers for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2009.   Typically, our Compensation 
Committee approves of the compensation program and recommends its adoption to our Board sitting 
in  an  executive  session  of  solely  independent  directors.    This  year,  at  its  meeting  held  on  June  16, 
2008,  our  Compensation  Committee  deadlocked  concerning  the  establishment  of  a  proposed  2009 
compensation program and was unable to report out to our Board a compensation plan for the 2009 
fiscal year.  A proposal supported by two of the four members of the Compensation Committee (and 

-12- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
opposed by the other two members) was distributed to our Board including our independent directors 
serving as our Special Compensation Committee as a result of the deadlock.  Following approval by 
the  Special  Compensation  Committee  on  June  23,  2008,  the  matter  of  the  proposed  2009 
compensation  program  was  then  reviewed,  discussed  and  approved  by  the  independent  directors  of 
our Board at the Board meeting on June 23, 2008.   The compensation program includes base salaries 
and  both  cash  and  equity  incentive  compensation  components.  Additionally,  an  equity  incentive 
compensation  plan  was  adopted  for  key  personnel  other  than  our  named  executive  officers.  Our 
Compensation Committee has structured the EPS performance criteria and revenue growth criteria to 
require the named executive officers to exert increasingly greater efforts in order to earn increasingly 
higher  potential  cash  and  equity  incentive  compensation.    Under  the  2008  plan,  none  of  the  targets 
were  ultimately  achieved  and  no  objective  bonus  amounts  or  cash  or  options  were  earned.    The 
objective portion of the 2009 plan (applicable to Messrs. Silverman and Cline) is similar in structure 
to  the  2008  plan  (with  some  exceptions  as  to  the  revenue  and  EPS  target  amounts  and  amounts  of 
cash bonus and options earned upon achieving lower-end revenue and EPS targets).   

Mr. Silverman has tendered his resignation from all positions with our company effective 
August  16,  2008  and  is  not  expected  to  participate  in  the  base  salary,  cash  incentive  or  equity 
incentive  components  of  our  fiscal  year  2009  compensation  program.    Mr.  Silverman’s  service  on 
Board terminated on June 30, 2008. 

Future base salary levels for our named executive officers were set as follows: 

•  Lou Silverman – $440,000 (unchanged from the prior year), effective November 1, 2008; 
•  Paul Holt - $275,000 (to increase from $250,000), effective July 23, 2008; 
•  Pat Cline - $600,000 (to increase from $495,000), effective November 1, 2008; and 
•  Donn Neufeld - $225,000 (to increase from $194,000), effective June 1, 2008 

The cash incentive compensation component of the fiscal year 2009 compensation program 

for named executive officers provides as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

for  Lou  Silverman,  cash  compensation  of  up  to  $440,000  may  be  earned  based  on 
meeting  certain  target  increases  EPS  performance  and  revenue  growth  during  the 
fiscal  year  as  well  as  meeting  certain  operational  requirements  established  by  our 
Board  of  Directors.  Of  the  total  $440,000  potential  cash  compensation,  40%  is 
allocated  to  the  EPS  performance  criteria,  40%  is  allocated  to  the  revenue  growth 
criteria  and  the  remaining  20%  is  discretionary  and  is  subject  to  meeting  the 
acquisition objectives established by our Board; 
for  Paul  Holt,  cash  compensation  of  up  to  $80,000  may  be  earned  based  upon  the 
achievement  of  certain  qualitative  goals  as  approved  by  our  Compensation 
Committee and our Board of Directors; 
for Pat Cline, cash compensation of up to $600,000 may be earned based on meeting 
certain  target  increases  in  EPS  performance  and  revenue  growth  during  the  fiscal 
year as well as meeting certain operational requirements established by our Board of 
Directors. Of the total $600,000 potential cash compensation, 40% is allocated to the 
EPS  performance  criteria,  40%  is  allocated  to  the  revenue  growth  criteria  and  the 

-13- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

remaining 20% is discretionary and is subject to meeting the acquisition objectives 
established by our Board; and 
for Donn Neufeld, cash compensation of up to $80,000 may be earned based upon 
the  achievement  of  certain  qualitative  and  quantitative  goals  related  to  both  QSI 
Division  performance  and  other  corporate  objectives  as  approved  by  our 
Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors. Of the total $80,000 potential 
cash  compensation,  payment  of  up  to  $60,000  is  based  on  achievement  of 
quantitative  goals,  and  payment  of  the  remaining  $20,000  amount  is  discretionary 
based on achievement of qualitative goals. 

The equity incentive component of the compensation program for fiscal year 2009 provides 
that  our  named  executive  officers  are  eligible  to  receive  an  aggregate  of  up  to  130,000  options  to 
purchase common stock based on meeting certain target increases in EPS performance and revenue 
growth during the fiscal year as follows:  

•  Mr. Silverman –  40,000 options;  
•  Mr. Holt – 10,000 options;  
•  Mr. Cline – 70,000 options; and 
•  Mr. Neufeld – 10,000 options. 

Of the total 130,000 potential options, 50% are allocated to the EPS performance criteria 
and 50% are allocated to the revenue growth criteria. If earned, the options would be issued pursuant 
to one of the shareholder-approved option plans, have an exercise price equal to the closing price of 
our shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (or such other market upon which such shares then 
trade) as of the date of grant, a term of five years, vest in four equal, annual installments commencing 
one year following the date of grant and be granted pursuant to our standard stock option agreement. 

Other Benefits  

We  do  not  provide  our  named  executive  officers  with  perquisites  and  other  personal 
benefits, as defined, other than those generally available to all employees who meet basic eligibility 
criteria and other than a $300 per month car allowance for Pat Cline.   

We  have  a  401(k)  plan  available  to  substantially  all  of  our  employees.  Participating 
employees may defer each year up to the limit set in the Internal Revenue Code. The annual company 
contribution  is  determined  by  a  formula  set  by  our  Board  and  may  include  matching  and/or 
discretionary contributions.  The retirement plans may be amended or discontinued at the discretion 
of our Board.  Matching contributions for the named executive officers are included in the “All Other 
Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008.   

We have a deferred compensation plan available for the benefit of officers and employees 
who qualify for inclusion. The plan is described below in connection with the Nonqualified Deferred 
Compensation Table Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2008 table. 

-14- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  have  a  voluntary  employee  stock  purchase  plan  for  the  benefit  of  certain  full-time 
employees.  The plan is designed to allow employees to acquire shares of our common stock through 
automatic payroll deduction.  Each eligible employee may authorize the withholding of up to 10% of 
his/her gross payroll each pay period to be used to purchase shares on the open market by a broker 
designated  by  us.  In  addition,  we  will  match  5%  of  each  employee’s  contribution  and  will  pay  all 
brokerage  commissions  and  fees  in  connection  with  each  purchase.    The  amount  of  the  company 
match is discretionary and subject to change.  The plan is not intended to be an employee benefit plan 
under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 
2008, none of our named executive officers participated in the employee stock purchase plan although 
all of our named executive officers met the plan’s eligibility requirements. 

Tax and Accounting Implications  

Deductibility of Executive Compensation.  

As part of its role, our Compensation Committee reviews and considers the deductibility of 
executive compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that we 
may not deduct compensation of more than $1,000,000 that is paid to certain individuals unless the 
compensation qualifies as performance-based.  Our Compensation Committee currently intends that 
all  cash  compensation  paid  will  be  tax  deductible  for  us.  However,  with  respect  to  equity 
compensation awards, while any gain recognized by employees from nonqualified options should be 
deductible, to the extent that an option constitutes an incentive stock option, gains recognized by the 
optionee will not be deductible if there is no disqualifying disposition by the optionee. In addition, if 
we grant restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards that are not subject to performance vesting, 
they  may  not  be  fully  deductible  by  us  at  the  time  the  award  is  otherwise  taxable  to  the  employee. 
Also, in certain situations, our Compensation Committee may recommend compensation that does not 
meet deductibility qualifications, in order to ensure competitive levels of total compensation for our 
executive officers. For fiscal year 2008, compensation paid to executives, even amounts in excess of 
$1,000,000 for any named executive officer, were deductible for federal income tax purposes as we 
considered compensation to be performance-based. 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.  

On April 1, 2006, we began accounting for stock-based payments, including those under or 
equity  incentive  program,  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  SFAS  123R.  For  further 
information regarding SFAS 123R, refer to Note 2 to the Financial Statements contained in our Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008.   

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008 

The  following  table  provides  information  concerning  the  compensation  for  the  fiscal  years  ended 
March 31, 2008 and 2007 for our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, and our 
two Division heads, who were the only other executive officers whose total compensation exceeded 
$100,000 during fiscal year 2008 (collectively, the “named executive officers”). 

-15- 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
performance  and  other  corporate  objectives  as  approved  by  our  Compensation  Committee  and  our 
Board of Directors. Of the total $80,000 potential cash compensation, payment of up to $50,000 was 
based on achievement of quantitative goals, and payment of the remaining amount (up to the $80,000 
total) was discretionary based on achievement of qualitative goals. 
(6)  The same quantitative revenue and EPS criteria referenced in footnote (3) above were adopted to 
determine eligibility for option grants under the fiscal year 2008 equity incentive program, with 50% 
of the available equity incentive tied to performance against Board-established EPS criteria and 50% 
of the available equity incentive tied to performance against Board-established revenue criteria. 

Base Salary 

Base salaries for the named executive officers are described above under the heading “Compensation 
Discussion and Analysis ⎯ Base Salary.” 

Cash and Equity Incentive Programs 

Cash and equity incentive program payouts made to the named executive officers are described above 
under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis ⎯ Cash and Equity Incentive Programs.”  

Employment Agreement with Louis E. Silverman 

Mr.  Silverman  tendered  his  resignation  from  all  positions  with  our  company  effective  August  16, 
2008.    We  are  party  to  an  employment  agreement  with  Mr.  Silverman  dated  as  of  July  20,  2000 
(“effective  date”)  that  details  the  terms  of  his  employment  as  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 
President. Pursuant to the employment agreement, on the effective date we granted Mr. Silverman an 
option  to  purchase  up  to  497,040  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $1.9375  per 
share, which option vested in four equal annual installments commencing one year after the effective 
date, and on the one year anniversary of the effective date, we granted to Mr. Silverman an option to 
purchase up to 239,760 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.2475 per share, which 
option  vested  in  four  equal  annual  installments  commencing  on  the  second  anniversary  of  the 
effective date. 

The employment agreement provides that Mr. Silverman is eligible to earn and participate in all other 
benefit  programs  we  offer,  with  the  same  eligibility  requirements  as  would  apply  to  any  other 
executive  of  our  company.  However,  we  waived  all  waiting  periods  for  health  benefits  and  401(k) 
benefits for Mr. Silverman. 

The  employment  agreement  contains  confidentiality  provisions,  as  well  as  post-termination  non-
solicitation  and  non-interference  provisions  that  will  run  for  two  years  and  one  year,  respectively. 
Mr. Silverman’s employment under the employment agreement is at-will and may be terminated for 
any  reason  by  him  or  by  us  upon  60  days’  prior  written  notice  to  the  other  party.  However,  the 
employment  agreement  contains  various  termination  and  change-in-control  provisions  as  described 
below under “Potential Payments on Termination of Employment or Change-in-Control.” 

-19- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End March 31, 2008 

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Number 
of 
Securit-
ies 
Under-
lying 
Unexer-
cised 
Unearn-
ed 
Options 
(#) 

Number 
of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Exercisable 

Number 
of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Unexercis-
able 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Number 
of 
Unearned 
Shares, 
Units 
or  Other 
Rights 
That 
Have  Not 
Vested 
(#) 

of

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Market or 
Payout 
Value 
Unearned 
Shares, 
Units or 
Other 
Rights That
Have  Not
Vested 
($) 

Number
of 
Shares 
or  Units
of  Stock
That 
Have 
Not 
Vested 
(#) 

Market 
Value  of 
Shares  or 
Units  of 
Stock 
That Have 
Not 
Vested 
($) 

Option  
Exercise 
Price 
($) 

Option 
Expiration
Date 

Name 

Louis E. 
Silverman 

42,500 

 42,500  (1) 

-- 

$19.3375 

02/11/2012 

-- 

$    -- 

-- 

22,000 (5) 

-- 

$38.8300 

06/12/2012 

Paul A. Holt  5,900 
16,000 
-- 

4,000 (2) 
12,750 (1) 
5,500 (5) 

Patrick B. 
Cline 

9,000 
20,000 
42,500 
3,750 

--  (3) 
20,000 (2) 
42,500 (1) 
11,250 (4) 

-- 

55,000 (5) 

-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 

$11.8550 
$19.3375 
$38.8300 

09/03/2009 
02/11/2012 
06/12/2012 

$  3.8650 
$11.6675 
$19.3375 
$37.0900 

10/29/2008 
06/10/2009 
02/11/2012 
08/11/2011 

$38.8300 

06/12/2012 

-- 
-- 

-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

$    -- 

$    -- 
$    -- 

$    -- 

$    -- 
$    -- 
$    -- 
$    -- 

$    -- 

-- 

-- 

-- 
-- 

-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 

$    -- 

$    -- 

$    -- 
$    -- 

$    -- 

$    -- 
$    -- 
$    -- 
$    -- 

$    -- 

(1)    Option  was  granted  February  11,  2005  and  is  vesting  in  four  equal  annual  installments 
commencing  one  year  after  the  grant  date.  Accordingly,  the  remaining  unexercisable  shares  are 
scheduled to vest in one equal annual installment on February 11, 2009. 
(2)    Option  was  granted  September  3,  2004  and  is  vesting  in  four  equal  annual  installments 
commencing  one  year  after  the  grant  date.  Accordingly,  the  remaining  unexercisable  shares  are 
scheduled to vest in one equal annual installment on September 3, 2008. 
(3)  Option was granted October 29, 2003 and vested in four equal annual installments commencing 
one year after the grant date. Accordingly, there are no remaining unexercisable shares as all shares 
vested on October 29, 2007. 

-20- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Executive 
Contributions 
in Last FY 
($) 

Registrant 
Contributions in 
Last FY 
($) 

Aggregate 
Earnings in 
Last FY 
($) (1) 

Aggregate 
Withdrawals 
/Distributions 
($) 

$            -- 

$   25,637 

$   35,813 

$     8,663  

$           -- 

$     2,439 

$     4,688 

$     1,733 

$             -- 

$    (5,502) 

$    (7,711) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

-- 

-- 

-- 

$     4,221 

$    (316,522) 

$            --   

Aggregate 
Balance 
at Last 
FYE 
($) 

$             -- 

$    75,276  

$  144,176  

Name 

Louis E. Silverman 

Paul A. Holt 

Patrick B. Cline 

Gregory Flynn 

(1)    No  amounts  were  reported  in  the  Change  in  Pension  Value  and  Nonqualified  Deferred 
Compensation  Earnings  column  in  the  Summary  Compensation  Table  above,  as  earnings  are    not 
considered above-market or preferential.   

Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change-in-Control 

The  following  discussion  and  tables  describe  and  illustrate  potential  payments  to  our 
named  executive  officers  under  existing  contracts,  agreements,  plans  or  arrangements,  whether 
written  or  unwritten,  for  various  scenarios  involving  a  change-in-control  or  termination  of 
employment, assuming a March 31, 2008 termination date. 

Louis E. Silverman Employment Agreement 

Mr.  Silverman  resigned  as  a  director  effective  June  30,  2008  and  tendered  his  resignation  from  all 
other  positions  with  our  company  to  be  effective  August  16,  2008.    Mr.  Silverman’s  employment 
agreement  provides  that  his  employment  is  at-will.  Accordingly,  Mr. Silverman’s  employment  may 
be terminated for any reason by him or us upon 60 days written notice to the other party, subject to 
the severance payments described below. 

Benefits Payable to 
Louis E. Silverman 
Performance or other 
bonus earned and unpaid 
Accelerated vesting of 
stock options (1) 
Lump sum cash payment 
equal to six months of 
base compensation 

Death or 
Disability 
$-- 

$-- 

$-- 

Cause 
$-- 

$-- 

$-- 

Without Cause 
or For Good 
Reason 
$-- 

Termination Upon 
Change-In-Control 
$-- 

$169,837 

$220,000 

$679,346 

$220,000 

 (1)  Represents the aggregate value of the accelerated vesting of unvested stock options based solely 
on the intrinsic value of the options as of March 31, 2008, calculated by multiplying (a) the difference 
between the fair market value of our common stock on March 31, 2008, which was $29.87, and the 

-22- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
applicable exercise price by (b) the assumed number of option shares vesting on an accelerated basis 
on March 31, 2008. 

The employment agreement also provides for immediate vesting of an additional 25% of all 
unvested options granted pursuant to the employment agreement and a lump sum cash payment equal 
to  six  months  of  base  compensation  if  we  breach  the  agreement.  In  addition,  the  employment 
agreement  provides  for  immediate  vesting  of  100%  of  all  unvested  options  governed  by  the 
acceleration  provisions  of  the  employment  agreement  if  there  is  a  termination  upon  a  change-in-
control.  The  foregoing  acceleration  provisions  apply  to  the  outstanding  options  granted  to  Mr. 
Silverman in February 2005 but are not applicable to subsequent option grants. 

Below  are  descriptions  of  the  key  factors  used  to  determine  whether  termination  of 
employment under the employment agreement is due to disability, cause or good reason or constitutes 
a termination upon a change-in-control. 

“Disability”  means  that  our  Board,  in  its  sole  opinion,  determines  that  Mr.  Silverman  is 
prevented  from  properly  performing  his  duties  under  the  employment  agreement  by  reason  of  any 
physical or mental incapacity for a period of more than twelve consecutive weeks or for a cumulative 
period of 90 business days in any 18-month period. 

“Cause” means that Mr. Silverman engaged either (i) in any criminal conduct constituting a 
felony  (or  that  involved  dishonesty,  breach  of  trust  or  moral  turpitude)  and  criminal  charges  are 
brought  against  him  by  a governmental  authority  or  he  enters  a  plea  of  nolo  contendere  (or  similar 
plea)  to  such  charges  or  (ii)  knowingly  and  willfully  engaged  in  activities  that  would  constitute  a 
material  breach  of  any  term  of  the  employment  agreement  resulting  in  a  material  injury  to  our 
business condition, financial or otherwise, results of operations or prospects, as determined in good 
faith by our Board of Directors.  

“Good reason” exists if without Mr. Silverman’s prior written consent and in the absence of 
prior written notice of the Board’s intent to terminate for cause, one or more of the following events 
occurs: 

•  we assign to Mr. Silverman any duties materially inconsistent with or that constitute a 
material change in his position, duties, responsibilities, or status with us, or a material 
change  in  his  reporting  responsibilities,  title,  or  offices;  or  removal  of  him  from  or 
failure  to  re-elect  him  to  any  of  such  positions,  except  in  connection  with  the 
termination of the period of employment by reason of his death or disability or cause;  
•  we  reduce  his  annual  salary  then  in  effect  or  materially  diminish  his  position,  duties, 

authority or status; 

•  we act in any way that would adversely affect his participation in or materially reduce 
his  benefits  under  any  of  our  benefit  plans  in  which  he  is  participating  or  we  deprive 
him  of  any  material  fringe  benefit  enjoyed  by him,  except  in  so  far  that  our  action  or 
inaction (i) is also taken or not taken, as the case may be, in respect of all employees 
generally,  (ii)  is  required  by  the  terms  of  any  benefit  plan  as  in  effect  immediately 
before  the  action or  inaction, or  (iii)  is  necessary  to  comply  with  applicable  law  or  to 

-23- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
preserve  the  qualification  of  any  benefit  plan  under  section  401(a)  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code;  

•  we  fail  to  remedy  any  non-compliance  with  any  provisions  of  his  employment 
agreement  promptly,  and  in  no  event  later  than  ten  business  days  after  our  receipt  of 
written notice of non-compliance from him; or 
there  is  a  material  change  in  the  nature  or  direction  of  our  business  or  his  place  of 
employment. 

• 

• 
“Termination Upon a Change-in-Control” will be deemed to occur under the employment 
agreement upon either (i) the termination of Mr. Silverman without cause within 120 days prior to or 
90 days after the event constituting a change-in-control; or (ii) at Mr. Silverman’s election, within 90 
days of the event constituting the change-in-control, not to continue with the successor or surviving 
corporation.  

A “change-in-control” is the earliest to occur of any of the following events:  

• 

the direct or indirect sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of 35% of more of our total 
assets to any person, entity or group; 

• 

•  our merger, consolidation or other business combination with another company with the 
effect that our shareholders immediately prior to the transaction hold less than 51% of 
the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the surviving company 
having the right to vote in the election of directors; 
the  replacement  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors  in  any given 
year without the approval of our Board of Directors as constituted at the beginning of 
the year; or 
the  purchase  of  25%  or  more  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  our  outstanding 
securities having the right to vote in the election of directors by a person or group other 
than  as  a  result  of  the  purchase  of  securities  by  Ahmed  Hussein  or  his  affiliates  of 
securities beneficially owned by Sheldon Razin or his affiliates or vice versa.  

• 

• 

Arrangements with Other Named Executive Officers 

We are not a party to any contracts, agreements, plans or arrangements that would provide 
payments  to  Messrs.  Holt,  Cline  or  Neufeld  at,  following  or  in  connection  with  any  termination  of 
employment, change-in-control, or change in responsibilities. 

Stock Option and Award Exercisability 

Our  Amended  and  Restated  1998  Stock  Option  Plan  (our  “1998  Plan”)  provides  for  the 
issuance of nonqualified and incentive stock options. Our 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (our 
“2005 Plan”) provides for the issuance of numerous types of stock-based awards, including without 
limitation, stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock 
units, performance shares, and performance units. 

Generally,  exercisability  of  options  and  other  awards  granted  under  our  option  plans 
terminate  following  termination  of  employment  as  described  in  the  table  below.  The  consequences 

-24- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
described in the column relating to the 2005 Plan apply except to the extent that the 2005 Plan, the 
applicable award agreement or our Board may otherwise provide where permitted by the 2005 Plan. 

Reason for Termination 
of Employment
Voluntary resignation by 
employee or termination for 
cause by us 
Retirement pursuant to a 
company retirement policy, if 
any, that we adopt 

Termination without cause by 
us 

Disability 

Death during, or within a 
period specified in the option 
after the termination of, 
employment 

Exercisability Consequences Under 
1998 Plan
All options terminate immediately. 

All options terminate immediately. 

Options remain exercisable (to the 
extent vested prior to termination) 
until the earlier of the expiration of 
the option term or 30 days after the 
termination of employment. 

Options remain exercisable (to the 
extent vested prior to termination) 
until the earlier of the expiration of 
the option term or 365 days after the 
termination of employment. 

Options remain exercisable (to the 
extent vested prior to termination) 
until the earlier of the expiration of 
the option term or 365 days after the 
date of death. 

2005 Plan
All unvested awards terminate 
immediately. 

Options and stock appreciation rights 
remain exercisable (to the extent 
vested prior to retirement) until the 
earlier of the expiration of the award 
term or three years after retirement. 
Options and stock appreciation rights 
remain exercisable (to the extent 
vested prior to termination) until the 
earlier of the expiration of the award 
term or three months after the 
termination of employment. 
Options and stock appreciation rights 
remain exercisable (to the extent 
vested prior to termination) until the 
earlier of the expiration of the award 
term or six months after the 
termination of employment. 
Options and stock appreciation rights 
remain exercisable (to the extent 
vested prior to termination) until the 
earlier of the expiration of the award 
term or six months after the date of 
death. 

For options granted pursuant to our 1998 Plan, our Board has the discretion to accelerate 
the  vesting  of  any  outstanding  options  held  by  our  named  executive  officers  and  employees  if  no 
provision is made for the continuance of those plans and the assumption of options outstanding under 
those  plans  if  we  dissolve  or  are  liquidated,  if  we  are  not  the  surviving  entity  in  a  merger, 
consolidation, acquisition or other reorganization, if we are the subject of a reverse merger in which 
more  than  50%  of  our  voting  shares  are  converted  into  cash,  property  or  the  securities  of  another 
entity, or if we sell substantially all of our property or shares to another entity. 

Under  our  2005  Plan,  our  Board  may  exercise  discretion  at  any  time,  whether  before  or 
after the grant, expiration, exercise, vesting or maturity of or lapse of restriction on an award or the 
termination  of  employment  of  a  grantee,  to  amend  any  outstanding  award  or  award  agreement, 
including  an  amendment  that  would  accelerate  the  time  or  times  at  which  the  award  becomes 
unrestricted or may be exercised, or waive or amend any goals, restrictions or conditions set forth in 
the  award  agreement,  subject  to  shareholder  approval  for  any  amendments  involving  repricing  of 
awards.   

-25- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  awards  under  our  2005  Plan  will  fully  vest  in  connection  with  a  change  in 
control as defined in our 2005 Plan. Examples of changes in control under our 2005 Plan generally 
include, with various exceptions detailed in our 2005 Plan: any person becoming the beneficial owner 
of  more  than  50%  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  our  then  outstanding  securities;  the 
consummation  of  certain  mergers,  consolidations,  statutory  share  exchanges  or  similar  forms  of 
corporate transaction that require approval of our shareholders; our shareholders approving a plan of 
complete liquidation or dissolution of our company; or the consummation of a sale or disposition of 
all  or  substantially  all  of  our  assets  other  than  a  sale  or  disposition  that  would  result  in  our  voting 
securities outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent 50% or more of the combined 
voting  power  of  our  company  or  the  surviving  entity  outstanding  immediately  after  the  sale  or 
disposition;  or  in  the  case  of  directors,  officers  or  employees  who  are  entitled  to  the  benefits  of  a 
change in control agreement or similar provisions within an agreement entered into by us or a related 
entity that defines or addresses change in control, “change in control” as defined in such agreement. 

Our 2005 Plan also provides that if, within two years after the occurrence of a change in 
control,  a  termination  of  employment  occurs  with  respect  to  any  grantee  for  any  reason  other  than 
cause,  disability,  death  or  retirement,  the  grantee  will  be  entitled  to  exercise  awards  at  any  time 
thereafter until the earlier of (i) the date twelve months after the date of termination of employment 
and (ii) the expiration date in the applicable award agreement. 

Director Compensation for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008 

Our Director Compensation Program, which was most recently amended effective as of our 
2006 annual shareholders meeting held September 20, 2006, provides that all non-employee directors 
receive a retainer of $30,000 per year plus a fee of $2,000 per Board meeting attended.  Also, non-
employee  directors  who  serve  on  a  committee  of  our  Board  receive  a  fee  of  $1,000  per 
committee meeting attended. In addition, each newly elected and re-elected non-employee director is 
to receive an option to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock upon each annual election date.  
The options are to be priced at the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, vest in 
four equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and expire 
seven years from the date  of grant.  However, the  options are to fully vest at the conclusion of the 
director’s term of service if the director is not re-elected to our Board, except where the failure to be 
re-elected  results  from  either  a  voluntary  withdrawal  from  Board  service  by  the  director  or  prior 
removal from our Board for cause under Section 304 of the California Corporations Code. 

The following table provides information concerning compensation for our non-employee 
directors for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008. Directors Silverman and Cline were employees of 
our  company  and  thus  receive  no  compensation  for  their  services  as  directors.  The  compensation 
received by Messrs. Silverman and Cline as employees of our company is described elsewhere in this 
Report.    Mr.  Silverman  resigned  as  a  director  effective  June  30,  2008  and  tendered  his  resignation 
from all other positions with our company to be effective August 16, 2008.   

-26- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fees 
Earned 
or Paid 
in Cash 
($) 
$ 50,000 
$ 51,000 
$ 69,000 

$ 48,000 
$ 66,000 
$ 54,000 
$ 66,000 

Stock 
Awards 
($) 
$  -- 
$  -- 
$  -- 

$  -- 
$  -- 
$  -- 
$  -- 

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation 
($) 

Option 
Awards 
($) (1) 
$30,200  $   -- 
$30,200  $   -- 
$30,200  $   -- 

Change 
in Pension 
Value and 
Nonqualified 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Earnings ($) 
$   -- 
$   -- 
$   -- 

$30,200  $   -- 
$30,200  $   -- 
$30,200  $   -- 
$30,200  $   -- 

$   -- 
$   -- 
$   -- 
$   -- 

All Other 
Compensa
tion 
($) 
$   -- 
$   -- 
$   -- 

$   -- 
$   -- 
$   -- 
$   -- 

Total 
($) 
$  80,200 
$  81,200 
$  99,200 

$  78,200 
$  96,200 
$  84,200 
$  96,200 

Name 
Sheldon Razin 
Ibrahim Fawzy 
Edwin Hoffman 

Ahmed Hussein 
Vincent J. Love 
Russell Pflueger 
Steven Plochocki 

(1)  The  amount  reflected  in  this  column  is  the  compensation  cost  we  recognized  for  financial 
statement reporting purposes during fiscal 2007 under SFAS 123R for grants made in fiscal 
2008 and prior years. The fair value of each grant is estimated on the date of grant using the 
Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for the 
fiscal years indicated: 

Dividend yield 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rates 
Expected option life (years)  
Weighted-average fair value per share 

2008 
2.99% 
42.79% 
3.35% 
4.75 
$10.69 

2007 
2.40% 
48.50% 
4.70% 
4.75 
$15.52 

At  March  31,  2008,  the  aggregate  number  of  option  awards  outstanding  for  each  of  the  directors 
named in the table was as follows: 

Director Name

Mr. Razin 
Mr. Fawzy 
Mr. Hoffman 
Mr. Hussein 
Mr. Love 
Mr. Pflueger 
Mr. Plochocki 

Shares 
Underlying Options
54,000 
34,000 
10,000 
54,000 
44,000 
10,000 
54,000 

-27- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation 

The  Compensation  Committee  consists  of  Messrs. Plochocki,  Hoffman,  Pflueger  and 
Fawzy.    None  of  these  individuals  was,  during the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  2008,  an  officer  or 
employee of our company, and none of these individuals formerly was an officer of our company. No 
member  of  our  Board  has  a  relationship  that  would  constitute  an  interlocking  relationship  with 
executive officers and directors of another entity. 

Independent Directors Compensation Committee Report  

Our  Independent  Directors  Compensation  Committee  reviewed  and  discussed  with 
management  the  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis”  contained  in  this  Report.  Based  on  that 
review  and  discussion,  a  majority  of  our  Independent  Directors  Compensation  Committee 
recommended to our Board of directors that the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” be included 
in this Report. 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS COMPENSATION COMMITTEE 

Edwin Hoffman  Vincent Love  Sheldon Razin   Russell Pflueger  Ibrahim Fawzy   Ahmed Hussein 

Steven Plochocki, Chairman 

ITEM 12. 
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND 

Except  as  otherwise  indicated  in  the  related  footnotes,  the  following  table  sets  forth 
information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the record date, July 
18, 2008, by: 

• 

• 
• 

• 

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our 
common stock; 
each of our directors and director nominees; 
each  of  the  “named  executive  officers”  named  in  the  “Summary  Compensation  Table  for 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008” contained in this Report; and 
all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group. 

Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  Commission  and 
includes  voting  or  investment  power  with  respect  to  the  securities.    To  our  knowledge,  unless 
indicated by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named 
in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock 
shown as beneficially owned by them.  Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table below, shares 
of common stock underlying options, if any, that currently are exercisable or are scheduled to become 
exercisable for shares of common stock within 60 days after the date of the table are deemed to be 
outstanding in calculating the percentage ownership of each listed person or group but are not deemed 

-28- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to  be  outstanding  as  to  any  other  person  or  group.   Percentage  of  beneficial  ownership  is  based  on 
27,765,027 shares of common stock outstanding as of July 11, 2008. 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the beneficial owners named in the table 
is  c/o  Quality  Systems,  Inc.,  18111  Von  Karman  Avenue,  Suite  600,  Irvine,  California  92612.  
Messrs. Razin, Cline, Kaplan, Love, Plochocki and Pflueger are current directors of our company and 
are  director  nominees.    Messrs.  Bristol  and  Smith  are  not  currently  directors  but  are  director 
nominees.    Messrs.  Hussein,  Hoffman  and  Fawzy  are  current  directors  but,  for  reasons  described 
below  under  the  discussion  of  Proposal  No.  1,  Election  of  Directors,  were  not  renominated  for 
election  as  directors.    Messrs.  Cline,  Silverman,  Neufeld  and  Holt  are  executive  officers  of  our 
company.   

Name of Beneficial Owner 
Sheldon Razin 
Ahmed Hussein 
Patrick B. Cline 
Louis E. Silverman 
Edwin Hoffman 
Vincent J. Love 
Steven T. Plochocki 
Ibrahim Fawzy 
Donn Neufeld 
Paul A. Holt 
Russell Pflueger 
Philip N. Kaplan 
George Bristol 
Robert L. Smith 
Columbia Wanger Asset Management 
FMR LLC. 
All  directors,  director  nominees  and 
executive officers as a group (14 persons) 

Number of Shares 
of Common Stock 
Beneficially Owned 
5,179,380 (1) 
4,654,100 (2) 
164,250 (3) 
82,400 (4) 
2,500 (5) 
46,500 (6) 
46,500 (7) 
26,500 (8) 
29,150 (9) 
29,275 (10) 
2,500 (11) 
-- 
-- 
-- 
2,601,000 (12) 
1,890,501 (13) 

Percent of 
Common Stock 
Beneficially Owned 
18.6% 
16.7% 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
9.4% 
6.8% 

10,263,055 (14) 

36.5% 

* 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 
(7) 
(8) 
(9) 
(10) 
(11) 

Represents less than 1.0%. 
Includes 46,500 shares underlying options. 
Includes 46,500 shares underlying options. 
Includes 112,750 shares underlying options. 
Includes 5,500 shares underlying options. 
Includes 2,500 shares underlying options. 
Includes 36,500 shares underlying options and 10,000 shares owned by Mr. Love’s wife. 
Includes 46,500 shares underlying options. 
Includes 26,500 shares underlying options. 
Includes 3,400 shares underlying options. 
Includes 23,275 shares underlying options. 
Includes 2,500 shares underlying options. 

-29- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(12) 

(13) 

Power to vote or dispose of the shares beneficially owned by Columbia Wanger Asset 
Management LP. The address for Columbia Wanger Asset Management LP is 227 West 
Monroe  Street,  Suite  3000,  Chicago,  IL  60606.    Number  of  shares  of  common  stock 
beneficially  owned  is  based  upon  Form  13G/A  filed  on  May  9,  2008  and  executed  by 
Bruce  H.  Lauer,  (i)  Senior  Vice  President  and  Secretary,  of  WAM   Acquisition    GP,  
Inc., its  General  Partner  and  (ii)  Vice  President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer  of  Columbia 
Acorn Trust. 
Power  to  vote  or  dispose  of  the  shares  beneficially  owned  by  FMR  LLC  is  held  by 
Edward C. Johnson as Chairman of LLC. The address for LLC is 82 Devonshire Street, 
Boston, Massachusetts 02109.  Number of shares of common stock beneficially owned 
is based upon Form 13G/A filed on February 14, 2008. 

(14) 

Includes 352,425 shares underlying options. 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  about  our  common  stock  that  may  be  issued  upon  the  exercise  of 
options under all of our equity compensation plans as of March 31, 2008. 

Number  of  securities  to 
be  issued  upon  exercise 
of  outstanding  options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

price 

Weighted-average 
exercise 
of 
outstanding  options, 
warrants and rights 
(b) 

Number  of  securities 
remaining  available  for 
issuance  under 
future 
compensation 
equity 
securities 
(excluding 
reflected  in  column  (a)) 
(c) 

plan 

1,303,734 (1) 

compensation 

Plan Category 
Equity 
approved by security holders 
Equity  compensation  plans  not 
approved by security holders 
Total 
___________ 
(1) 
2005 Plan.   
(2) 
Represents  shares  of  common  stock  available  for  issuance  under  options  or  awards  that  may  be 
issued under our 2005 Plan. The material features of these plans are described in Note 10 to our consolidated 
financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. 

Represents  shares  of  common  stock  underlying  options  outstanding  under  our  1998  Plan  and  our 

-- 
1,175,000 (2) 

-- 
1,303,734 (1) 

   -- 
$22.81 

1,175,000 (2) 

$22.81 

ITEM 13. 
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND 

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons 

During  fiscal  year  2008,  our  Transaction  Committee  was  responsible  for  reviewing  and 
approving transactions with related persons.  Our Audit Committee has responsibility for reviewing 
all transactions with related persons.  

-30- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  Board  and  Audit  Committee  have  adopted  written  related  party  transaction  policies 
and  procedures  relating  to  approval  or  ratification  of  transactions  with  related  persons.  Under  the 
policies  and  procedures,  our  Audit  Committee  is  to  review  the  material  facts  of  all  related  party 
transactions  that  require  our  Audit  Committee’s  approval  and  either  approve  or  disapprove  of  our 
entry into the related party transactions, subject to certain exceptions, by taking into account, among 
other factors the committee deems appropriate, whether the related party transaction is on terms no 
less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar 
circumstances  and  the  extent  of  the  related  party’s  interest  in  the  transaction.  No  director  may 
participate in any discussion or approval of a related party transaction for which he or she is a related 
party.  If  an  interested  transaction  will  be  ongoing,  the  committee  may  establish  guidelines  for  our 
management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the related party and then at least annually must 
review and assess ongoing relationships with the related party. 

Under  the  policies  and  procedures,  a  “related  party  transaction”  is  any  transaction, 
arrangement or relationship or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships (including 
any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) in which the aggregate amount involved will or may 
be expected to exceed $30,000 in any calendar year, we are a participant, and any related party has or 
will  have  a  direct  or  indirect  interest.  A  “related  party”  is  any  person  who  is  or  was  since  the 
beginning of our last fiscal year an executive officer, director or Board-approved nominee for election 
as  a  director  and  inclusion  in  our  proxy  statement  at  our  next  annual  shareholders’  meeting,  any 
greater  than  5%  beneficial  owner  of  our  common  stock  known  to  us  through  filings  with  the 
Commission, any immediate family member of any of the foregoing, or any firm, corporation or other 
entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a partner or principal or holds a similar 
position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest. “Immediate family 
member”  includes  a  person’s  spouse,  parents,  stepparents,  children,  stepchildren,  siblings,  mothers- 
and fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, and brothers- and sisters-in-law and anyone residing 
in such person’s home (other than a tenant or employee). 

Our  Audit  Committee  has  reviewed  and  pre-approved  certain  types  of  related  party 
transactions  described  below.  In  addition,  our  Board  has  delegated  to  the  Chair  of  our  Audit 
Committee the authority to pre-approve or ratify (as applicable) any related party transaction in which 
the  aggregate  amount  involved  is  expected  to  be  less  than  $15,000.  Pre-approved  interested 
include: 
transactions 

•  Employment  of  executive  officers  if  the  related  compensation  is  required  to  be 
reported in our proxy statement or if the executive officer is not an immediate family 
member  of  another  executive  officer  or  a  director  of  our  company,  the  related 
compensation would be reported in our proxy statement if the executive officer was a 
“named  executive  officer,”  and  our  compensation  committee  approved  (or 
recommended that our Board approve) the compensation. 

•  Any compensation paid to a director if the compensation is required to be reported in 

our proxy statement. 

•  Any transaction with another enterprise at which a related party’s only relationship is 
as an employee (other than an executive officer), director or beneficial owner of less 

-31- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
than  5%  of  that  enterprise,  if  the  aggregate  amount  involved  does  not  exceed  the 
greater of $30,000 or 5% of that enterprise’s total annual revenues. 

•  Any charitable contribution, grant or endowment by use to a charitable organization, 
foundation or university at which a related party’s only relationship is as an employee 
(other than an executive officer) or a director, if the aggregate amount involved does 
not exceed the lesser of $10,000 or 5% of the charitable organization’s total annual 
receipts. 

•  Any transaction where the related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of 
our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on 
a pro rata basis (e.g., dividends or stock splits). 

•  Any  transaction  over  which  the  related  party  has  no  control  or  influence  on  our 
decision  involving  that  related  party  where  the  rates  or  charges  involved  are 
determined by competitive bids. 

•  Any transaction with a related party involving the rendering of services as a common 
or contract carrier, or public utility, at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law 
or  governmental  authority,  or  services  made  available  on  the  same  terms  and 
conditions to persons who are not related parties. 

Related Person Transactions 

Indemnification Agreements 

We  are  party  to  indemnification  agreements  with  each  of  our  directors  and  executive 
officers. The indemnification agreements and our articles of incorporation and bylaws require us to 
indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by California law. 

Employment Arrangements 

David Razin, who is Vice President EDI Services  of our company, is the son of Sheldon 
Razin, our Chairman of the Board. David Razin earned approximately $149,022 in salary and bonus 
during  that  portion  of  fiscal  year  2008  in  which  he  was  employed  by  the  Company.    David  Razin 
resigned from the Company in January 2008. 

Kim  Cline,  Vice  President  of  Client  Services  at  our  NextGen  Healthcare  Information 
System  subsidiary,  is  the  sister  of  Patrick  Cline,  President  of  our  NextGen  Healthcare  Information 
System  Division.  Kim  Cline  earned  approximately  $203,447  in  salary  and  bonus  during  fiscal  year 
2008. 

Director Independence 

The following persons are deemed to be independent directors of our company:  Ibrahim 
Fawzy;  Edwin  Hoffman;  Ahmed  Hussein;  Philip  Kaplan;  Russell  Pflueger;  Steven  Plochocki; 
Vincent Love; and Sheldon Razin. 

-32- 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

3.6 

3.7 

3.8 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

Description

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of 
State  of  California  on  September 8,  1989,  are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  3.1  to  the  registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (Registration  No. 
333-00161) filed January 11, 1996. 

Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Quality  Systems,  Inc.  filed 
with the Secretary of State of California effective March 4, 2005, is hereby incorporated 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1.1  of  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2005. 

Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Quality  Systems,  Inc.  filed 
with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  California  effective  October  6,  2005  is  hereby 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed October 11, 2005. 

Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Quality  Systems,  Inc.  filed 
with the Secretary of State of California effective March 3, 2006 is hereby incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 
6, 2006. 

Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Quality  Systems,  Inc.,  as  amended  and  restated 
effective  May  25,  2005,  are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.6  of  the 
registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10K for the year ended March 31, 2005.  

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws of the Company effective September 20, 2006 is 
hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the  registrant’s  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed September 25, 2006. 

Amended  Exhibit  A  to  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws,  adopted  by  the  registrant’s 
Board of Directors on May 31, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 
of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007. 

Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Quality  Systems,  Inc.,  effective  May  29,  2008  is 
hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the  registrant’s  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed June 2, 2008. 

10.1* 

Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit  10.10.1  of  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
March 31, 2005. 

-34- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.2* 

10.3* 

10.4* 

10.5* 

10.6* 

10.7* 

10.8* 

10.9* 

Description 

Form  of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  for  Amended  and  Restated  1998  Stock 
Option  Plan  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004. 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 Stock 
Option  Plan  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended September 20, 2004. 

2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to 
the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 5, 2005. 

Form  of  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  for  2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan  is 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed June 5, 2007. 

Form  of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  for  2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan  is 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed June 5, 2007. 

1993 Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 
to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1994.  

1998 Employee Stock Contribution Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
4.1  to  the  registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8    (Registration  No.  333-
63131). 

Employment  Agreement  dated  July  20,  2000  between  Quality  Systems,  Inc.  and  Lou 
Silverman  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.18  to  the  registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000. 

10.10* 

Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  for  directors  and  executive  officers  authorized 
January  27,  2005  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6.1  of  the 
registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005. 

10.11 

10.12 

Lease Agreement between Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated November 15, 2000, 
commencing February 5, 2001 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to 
the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001.  

Fourth  Amendment  to  lease  agreement  between  the  Company  and  Tower  Place,  L.P. 
dated  September  22,  2005  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.24  to  the 
registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006. 

-35- 

 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21* 

10.22* 

Description 

Fifth  Amendment  to  lease  agreement  between  the  Company  and  Tower  Place,  L.P. 
dated January 31, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007. 

Lease Agreement between Company and Orangewood Business Center Inc. dated April 
3,  2000,  amended  February  22,  2001,  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.15  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  March  31, 
2001. 

Lease Agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 8, 2002 is 
hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registrant’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003. 

Second  Amendment  to  Office  Lease  agreement  between  the  Company  and  HUB 
Properties LLC dated February 14, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to 
the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006. 

Amended  and  Restated  Second  Amendment  to  Office  Lease  agreement  between  the 
Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 31, 2006 is incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit  10.17  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  year  ended 
March 31, 2007. 

Lease  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  LakeShore  Towers  Limited  Partnership 
Phase  IV,  a  California  limited  partnership,  dated  September  15,  2004  is    hereby 
incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.19  of  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 
10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005. 

Lease agreement between the Company and Von Karman Michelson Corporation dated 
September  6,  2005  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.23  to  the  registrant’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006. 

Office lease  between the Company and SLTS Grand Avenue, L.P. dated May 3, 2006 
is  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.20  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007. 

Board Service Agreement between the Company and Lou Silverman is incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 
31, 2005. 

Board  Service  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Patrick  Cline  is  incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 
31, 2005. 

-36- 

 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.23* 

10.24 

10.25* 

10.26* 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

Description 

Director Compensation Program approved May 25, 2006 is incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 30, 2006. 

Settlement  Agreement  dated  as  of  August  8,  2006  between  the  registrant  and  Ahmed 
Hussein is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed August 9, 2006. 

Description  of  Compensation  Program  for  Named  Executive  Officers  for  Fiscal  Year 
Ended March 31, 2008 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the registrant’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007. 

Description  of  Compensation  Program  for  Named  Executive  Officers  for  Fiscal  Year 
Ending March 31, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the registrant’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007. 

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  dated  May  16,  2008  by  and  among  Quality  Systems, 
Inc.,  Bud  Merger  Sub,  LLC  and  Lackland  Acquisition  II,  LLC  is  incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

Office lease between the Company and Lakeshore Towers Limited Partnership Phase II, 
a California limited partnership, dated October 18, 2007 is incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit  10.28  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  year  ended 
March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance 
Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated November 28, 2001 is incorporated 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.29  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the 
year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

First  Amendment  to  Standard  Service  Center  Lease  Agreement  between  the  Lincoln 
National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 
2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the registrant’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance 
Company  and  InfoNow  Solutions  of  St.  Louis,  LLC,  dated  November  28,  2001  is 
incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.31  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.   

-37- 

 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.32 

Description 

Second  Amendment  to  Service  Center  Lease  Agreement  between  the  TM  Properties, 
LLC,  successor  to  the  Lincoln  National  Life  Insurance  Company  and  Lackland 
Acquisition  II,  LLC,  dated  August  17,  2005  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.32  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  year  ended  March 31, 
2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

10.33 

Assignment of Lease between InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, Lackland Acquisition II, 
LLC  and  TM  Properties,  LLC  dated  August  17,  2005  is  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  10.33  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  year  ended 
March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

21 

23 

31.1 

31.2 

31.3 

31.4 

32.1 

List of subsidiaries is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the registrant’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Grant Thornton LLP,  is 
incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.32  to  the  registrant’s  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

Certification  of  Principal  Executive  Officer  Required  by  Rule  13a-14(a)  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as  Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of 
the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  is  filed  as  Exhibit  31.1  to  the  registrant’s  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  as  Adopted  Pursuant  to  Section 302  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed as Exhibit 31.2 to the registrant’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

Certification  of  Principal  Executive  Officer  Required  by  Rule  13a-14(a)  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as  Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ** 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  as  Adopted  Pursuant  to  Section 302  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ** 

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002 is filed as Exhibit 32.1 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008. 

* This exhibit is a management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement. 
**  Filed herewith. 

-38- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly 
authorized. 

By: /s/ LOUIS E. SILVERMAN 
Louis E. Silverman, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Date: July 28, 2008 

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Amendment No. 1 
to  Form  10-K  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  on  our  behalf  in  the  capacities  and  on  the 
dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Sheldon Razin* 

Sheldon Razin 

/s/ Louis E. Silverman 

Louis E. Silverman 

/s/ Paul A. Holt* 

Paul A. Holt 

/s/ Patrick B. Cline* 

Patrick B. Cline 

/s/ Edwin Hoffman* 

Edwin Hoffman 

 /s/ Vincent J. Love* 

Vincent J. Love 

/s/ Russell Pflueger* 

Russell Pflueger 

Chairman of the Board and Director 

July 28, 2008 

President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)  

July 28, 2008 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial 
Officer) and Secretary 

July 28, 2008 

President, NextGen Healthcare Information 
Systems Division, and Director 

July 28, 2008 

Director 

Director 

Director 

-39- 

July 28, 2008 

July 28, 2008 

July 28, 2008 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Steven T. Plochocki* 

Steven T. Plochocki 

Director 

July 28, 2008 

*By: /s/ LOUIS E. SILVERMAN 
     Louis E. Silverman, Attorney-In-Fact 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS FILED WITH THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FORM 10-K 

EXHIBIT NUMBER 

EXHIBIT 

31.3 

31.4 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Required by Rule 
13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Required by Rule 
13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, as Adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

-40- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.3 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER REQUIRED BY 
RULE 13A-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Louis E. Silverman, certify that:  

1.  I have reviewed this Amendment No. 1 to Form 10-K of Quality Systems, Inc.; and 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or 
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances 
under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by 
this report. 

Date: July 28, 2008 

By: /s/ LOUIS E. SILVERMAN 

Louis E. Silverman, 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

-41- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.4 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER REQUIRED BY 
RULE 13A-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Paul A. Holt, certify that:  

1.  I have reviewed this Amendment No. 1 to Form 10-K of Quality Systems, Inc.; and 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or 
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances 
under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by 
this report. 

Date: July 28, 2008 

By: /s/ PAUL A. HOLT 

Paul A. Holt, 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

-42- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors of the Company
Sheldon Razin
Chairman

Patrick Cline
President,  
NextGen Healthcare Information Systems

Legal Counsel
Rutan & Tucker, LLP  
Costa Mesa, California

Independent Auditors
Grant Thornton LLP  
Irvine, California

Investor Relations Consultants
CCG Investor Relations  
Los Angeles, California  
310.477.9800

Form 10-K
A copy of the Company’s Annual Report  
on Form 10-K, as filed with the Securities  
and Exchange Commission, is available on  
the Company’s website at www.qsii.com  
or by contacting the Company at our  
corporate headquarters.

Ibrahim Fawzy
Director

Edwin Hoffman
Director

Ahmed Hussein
Director

Philip Kaplan
Director

Vincent Love
Director

Russell Pflueger
Director

Steven Plochocki
Director

Officers of the Company
Louis Silverman
President & Chief Executive Officer

Patrick Cline
President,  
NextGen Healthcare Information Systems

Paul Holt
Chief Financial Officer

m
o
c
.
s
r
o
n
n
o
c
-
n
a
r
r
u
c
.
w
w
w

/

.
c
n
I

,
s
r
o
n
n
o
C
&
n
a
r
r
u
C
y
b

d
e
n
g
i
s
e
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate/QSI Division Location

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 600 
Irvine, California 92612 
949.255.2600 
www.qsii.com

NextGen Division Locations

795 Horsham Road 
Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044 
215.657.7010 
www.nextgen.com

3340 Peachtree Road NE, Suite 2700 
Atlanta, Georgia 30326 
404.467.1500

286 Grand Avenue 
Southlake, Texas 76092

1836 Lackland Hill Parkway 
St. Louis, Missouri 63146 
314.989.0300